AC & DC Motors & Drives

YOUR SOURCE FOR AC & DC MOTOR CONTROL

YOUR SOURCE
F
Your source for
AC & DC MOTOR CONTROL
or over 50 years Minarik Corporation has lead the industry with state-of-the-art manufac-
tured solutions for DC motor control 5 Hp and below. To better service our growing customer
base we have expanded our product offering by the addition of AC motors and controls,
Brushless DC motors and controls, and gearheads. Minarik has a global distributor network
that is supported by factory-trained engineers, sales reps and customer service personnel. Call
us today at 1-800-MINARIK or visit www.minarikdrives.com for more information on products
or your nearest distributor.

DC Drives: Motors:
• Regenerative • DC Geared
• SCR • DC Non-Geared
• PWM • DC Brushless
• Brushless • DC Permanent Magnet
• Digital • AC 3-phase Geared
• NEMA Enclosure and • AC 3-phase Non-Geared
Chassis Models

Gearheads:
AC Drives: • 17, 23, 34, 42 Frame
• Programmable Planetary Gearheads
• NEMA Enclosure, IP20
and Chassis Models

N E Beloit,
South W LO IL C AT I O N
M inarik Drives has recently opened its brand-new
35,000 square foot manufacturing facility in South Beloit,
Illinois. The building currently facilitates the engineering,
sales, and production staff, employing over 65 people. The
entire facility is climate and humidity controlled, and has
received unconditional lab and factory approval by UL/CUL
and factory approval by TUV.

Now centrally located in the United States, Minarik Drives

has the ability to accommodate and service customers
more efficiently and logistically. Relocating from Glendale,
California, the largest UPS hub in the country is now less than 25 miles away, making stan-
dard delivery 2-3 days for 38 states.

IContact
N F Ous:R M AT I O N
CALL FAX WEB
1-800-MINARIK 1-800-394-6334 www.minarikdrives.com
1-800-646-2745
Contents
Contents
A
2
3
SCR DRIVES
MM23000C Series
MM23000D Series
G
67
68
BRUSHLESS DC DRIVES
Brushless Technology
LVBL Series
4 M1 Series NEW 69 BOSS 1Q Series
5 M2 Series
6 PCM20000A Series
70 BOSS 4Q Series

7 MM Series 71 BOSS CM Series

8 MM-PCM Series 72 MMBOSS Series
9
10
MM31000 Series
MM20000 Series M2 Series H BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTORS
11 73-82

5
Patriot Series BOSS Motor Series
12 MM23400C Series
13 PCM23400A Series I GEARHEADS
B PWM DRIVES 83-86 Gator Series

14
15
MMXL Series
NEW J ACCESSORIES
XL Series 87 DLC Series
16 XP Series 88 VT8 Series
17 XP-SL Series
89 PK Series
18 DC500 Series
90 Adder Boards
19 DC to DC Series
20 XP-DC Series
91-94 Drive Accessories

21 LV Series
95 Gearmotor Accessories

22
23
24
PCMXP Series
C1XP Series
C4XL Series
18
DC500 96-100
K TECHNICAL REFERENCE
Wiring Diagrams

C REGENERATIVE DRIVES
101-111
112-113
Reference
Agency Approvals
25-26 RG Series 114-115 Glossary
27
28
RG60U Series
MMRG Series
NEW 116-117 Cross Reference
118-124 Index
29 MMRGD Series

Contents
30 RGT Series
31
32-33
34-35
RG Series
NRG Series
27
73-82
RG Series NEMA 4X
36 C1RGD Series RG60U Series
D DC MOTORS
Brushless DC Motors
37 DC Motor Description
38-40 DC Motors Performance Data

E DC Motor & Drive

4 1 - 4 8 TABLES & DIMENSIONS

F AC DRIVES AND MOTORS

49 AC Solutions

83-86
50-52 VFD-PCM Series
53 VFD Series
54 MAC Series
55-60 AC Series
Planetary Gearheads
61-65 Delta-Wave Series Motors
66 In-Line & Right Angle Gearmotor
Compatibility Chart

For a full index of drives descriptions, see the back of this catalog.
 1/20 to 2 Hp
SCR DC
A
SCR DRIVES

FEATURES & BENEFITS

n MM footprint: An extremely compact size in an industry standard mounting footprint.

n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 60:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed, max speed, current limit, acceleration and deceleration.
n Diagnostic LED: LED for current limit status.
n Stopping Modes: Coast to minimum speed with inhibit terminals (N.O.), decelerate to min speed through pot circuit
External dynamic braking can be added.
n Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost, and able to fit in a smaller package.
n Additional features: Dual voltage AC input and field voltage for shunt wound motors.
n Options and accessories: “-Q” option includes quick disconnect terminal, power LED and a current limit header that out
puts 5VDC when the drive is in current limit. DLC600 digital controller. PCM4 isolator card. 201-0024 inhibit plug with
18” leads.

M M 2 3 0 0 0 C S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Field Supply Max Output Form
Models Hp Rating
1/20-1/8 @ 90 VDC or
(VAC) (VDC) (VDC) Current (ADC) Factor 1/10-1/4 @ 180 VDC
0-90 or 50/100/200 1/20-1/8 @ 90 VDC or
MM23011C 115/230 1.5 1.37
0-180 (1 Amp) 1/10-1/4 @180 VDC
0-90 or 50/100/200 1/8-1 @ 90 VDC or
MM23001C* 115/230 10.0* 1.37
0-180 (1 Amp) 1/4-2 @180 VDC
*The 223-0159 heatsink must be used when the MM23001C outputs above 5 amps. Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

MM23000C Series MM23000C Dimensions

0.19 [5]

3.58 [91] 1.75

[44]

Typical Applications
0.74 [19] 0.64 [16]
n Conveyors 3.80 [97]
n Pumps 4.30 [109]

MM23001C n Packaging Equipment 1.28

0.19 [5]
1.60 [41]
n Printers [33]
0.93 [24]
n Industrial and 3.80 [97]

Commercial Machinery All other models 4.30 [109]

0.19 [5]
The MM23000C Series of drives are a reliable and cost-effective solution for
controlling your permanent magnet or shunt-wound DC motors in variable- 4.05 [103] 3.58
1.75 [44]
[91]
speed applications. Both the MM23001C and the MM23011C use SCRs to
provide full-wave rectification of the AC line input. These dual voltage dri- 0.74 [19] 0.64 [16]

ves operate using 115 VAC or 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz, to operate 90 or 180
1.80 [46]
VDC SCR brush-type motors. These MM drives control motors from 1/20 to 3.80 [97]

2 Hp. 4.30 [109]

0.19 [5]
Packaged in a compact footprint, these user-friendly drives possess diag- 1.28 [33]
1.60 [41]
nostics and options to accommodate user needs. A current limit header, 0.96 [24]

allows the drive to send a signal indicating current limit to an external con- 3.80 [97]
4.30 [109]
trol. Also, users can minimize wiring problems by specifying the “- Q” option
MM23011C-Q All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
to make all wire connections to the screw terminals of a quick-connect
For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 43.
removable terminal block.

02 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/20 to 2 Hp
SCR DC Chassis NEMA1 NEMA4X

SCR DRIVES
FEATURES & BENEFITS A
n Speed or torque control: Choose operating mode using jumper pins.
n MM footprint for chassis unit: An extremely compact size in an industry standard mounting footprint.
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 60:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed, max speed, torque, accel and decel.
n Diagnostics: LEDs for power and current limit status.
n Stopping modes: Coast to minimum speed or to stop with selectable N.O. or N.C. inhibit contacts. Decelerate to minimum
speed via the pot circuit. Braking on enclosed reversing models.
n Spade and screw terminals: Easy to use spade terminals on chassis; screw terminals on enclosed units.
n Flexible inhibit: Select with jumper pins the preferred inhibit functionality.
n Additional features: Dual voltage AC input, double sided board for less susceptibility to vibration, user-friendly terminal
locations, and the ability to use a 10k or 5k ohm speed pot. Cased models come with AC line fuses and mounted operators.
M M 2 3 0 0 2 D S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s

MM23xx2D MM23012D MM23112D MM23212D4 MM23412D MM23002D1 MM23102D2 MM23102D MM23402D

Max. Armature 1.5 1.5 1.5 10.0 1 10.0

1.5 10.0 2 10.0
Current (ADC)
Hp with 1/20 - 1/8 1/20 - 1/8 1/20 - 1/8 1/20 - 1/8 1/8 - 1 1/8 - 1 1/8 - 1
1/8 - 1
115VAC
HP with 230 1/10 - 1/4 1/10 - 1/4 1/10 - 1/4 1/10 - 1/4 1/4 - 2 1/4 - 2 1/4 - 2
1/4 - 2
VAC

Package Style Chassis NEMA 1 3 NEMA 1 3 NEMA 4X 3 Chassis NEMA 1 3 NEMA 1 3 NEMA 4X 3

1. Heatsink #223-0159 required above 5.0 ADC 2. Heatsink #223-0174 required above 5.0 ADC. 3. NEMA1 and NEMA4X dims not shown.

AC Line Voltage 115/230VAC± 10%, 50/60Hz

single phase
MM23000D Series
Output Voltage (VDC) 0-90 or 0-180VDC
Form Factor 1.37 @ base speed
Accel/decel Range 0.5 - 17 seconds Typical Applications
Reversing Models MM23212D, MM23202D
n Conveyors
n Packaging Machinery
n Printing Machinery
n Sorting Machinery
MM23000D Dimensions n Pumps
n Material Handling MM23002D
Machinery
Minarik's MM23002D Series are dual voltage drives that can control
speed or torque. When torque mode is selected, the functions of the
speed and torque pots change. The external potentiometer sets the torque
reference, the on-board Torque pot sets maximum speed and the on-
board Max Speed pot sets maximum torque.

The MM23002D series has user-selectable modes for inhibit. Choose

whether the inhibit terminals are to be normally open or normally closed.
A jumper also selects whether inhibiting directs the motor to minimum
speed or to a stop.

NEMA 1 and NEMA 4X models in the series come with wired and mount-
ed operators and switches on the front cover and AC line fuses inside.

The MM23002D series with all its options and features provide the flexi-
bility of control, packaging and power needed for most 1/20 to 2 Hp DC
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] motor applications.
For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 43.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

03
 1/15 to 1 Hp
SCR DC
SCR DRIVES

A
FEATURES & BENEFITS

n Compact size: Gold extruded chassis with “MM” mounting hole locations with only a 4.30" x 2.64" footprint.
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 60:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, max speed, min speed, acceleration, deceleration and torque.
n Stopping modes: The user can coast the motor to a stop (N.O.).
n Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost and able to fit in a smaller package.
n Two choices for inhibit connection: Remote start/stop control with cable and plug assembly (P/N 201-0024) or simply
connect to spade terminals.
n Programmable trimmer pot ranges: Unique application requirements for acceleration, deceleration, current limit and IR
compensation can be programmed into a chip without expensive hardware changes.
n Additional features: Wider than typical IR comp range for finer tuning, wide accel/decel range (.5 to 26 secs), and
vibration tested to 1G.

M 1 S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Output Voltage Max Output Form
Models Input Voltage (VAC) Hp Rating
(VDC) Current (ADC) Factor
M1 without
115 0-90 5 1.37 1/15 - 1/2 @ 90 VDC
heatsink
M1 with
115 0-90 10* 1.37 1/2 - 1 @ 90 VDC
heatsink*
* M1 Series drives require an additional heat sink (p/n 223-0159) when continuous armature current is above 5 ADC.

M1 Series
Typical Applications

n Conveyors
n Pumps
n Packaging Equipment
n Printers M1 Dimensions
n Industrial and
M1
Commercial Machinery

Rated for 5A (1/2 hp) with 115 VAC input and 10A (1hp) with the addition of
an optional heat sink, the M1 can fit where other drives with the same current
ratings can’t! The very compact M1 has a footprint of only 4.30” x 2.64” while
conveniently maintaining the industry standard for mounting hole location.

The programmable chip on the M1 sets ranges for the acceleration, decelera-
tion, current limit, and IR comp trimmer pots, eliminating the need of costly
hardware changes for OEM applications. Other features include the inhibit
function (connect via 2-pin header or via spade lugs) and a jumper to set for
use with smaller motors (1/15 to 1/8 hp). The M1 also has a wider (than typ-
ical) IR comp range for finer motor tuning and a safety feature: after any motor
stall, the M1 will follow the acceleration ramp setting to set speed instead of
ramping up at an uncontrolled rate.

With its compact size, standard features, programmability, and 1% speed regu- All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
lation, the M1 is excellent for both OEMs and users that require power and per-
formance in an extremely small package.
For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 43.

04 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/15 to 1 Hp
Dual SCR Chassis

SCR DRIVES
FEATURES & BENEFITS A
n Ability to control two different DC motors at once: Jumper selectable independent or speed ratio mode.
n MM footprint: An extremely compact chassis in an industry standard mounting footprint.
n Speed range and regulation: 1% over 60:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: Two each of minimum speed, maximum speed, IR compensation, current limit and
acceleration/deceleration
n Stopping modes: Decelerate or coast (jumper selectable) using inhibit function (N.0.)
n Spade terminals: Allows for quick and easy terminations and changes.
n Panel space saving: Replace two DC drives with one compact package.
n Speed or Torque mode: Jumper selectable. Speed mode regulates speed and limits current. Torque mode regulates current
and limits speed.
n Microprocessor based: Can custom program the trimmer pot ranges and inhibit for OEM applications.
n Options & Accessories: Heatsink 223-0159. Pot kit with connector 202-0112 (M2 ships with two pot kits included).

M 2 S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage ±10%, Output Voltage Max. Cont. out- Max TOTAL Hp Rating Max TOTAL Hp rat- Form
Models 1 phase, 50/60Hz
(VDC) put for each side output of both ing of both sides Factor
(AC/DC) (Amps) sides (Amps) for each side
M2 w/o heatsink 115 VAC 0-90 5* 6.5* 1/15 - 1/2 5/8 1.37
M2 w/heatsink 115 VAC 0-90 10 11.5 1/15 - 1 1 1/8 1.37
*Heatsink 223-0159 is required whenever one side is more than 5A or the total of both sides is more than 6.5A For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 43.

M2 Dimensions
M2 Series
Typical Applications
n Conveyors
n Material Handling
Machinery
n Packaging Machinery
n Sorting Machinery
M2
n Packaging
n Printing Machinery

For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 43.

The M2 drive provides the power of two drives in one! Now with one DC drive, you can control two different DC motors either indepen-
dently or in a ratio mode. In independent mode, each side of the M2 can be controlled differently with different trimmer pot settings and
different speeds. In speed ratio mode, one speed potentiometer sets the main speed while the other one determines the ratio of the speeds
between the motors. In this mode, the drive replaces two single drives and possibly a separate master/follower card resulting in extreme
cost and panel space savings!

The M2 drive is easy to set up with simple jumpers to choose the modes speed/torque, independent/ratio and coast/decel to stop. In
speed mode where speed is controlled, the external potentiometer sets the speed reference signal and the current limit trimmer pot sets the
current limit. In torque mode, the external potentiometer sets the torque reference and the current limit trimmer pot sets the runaway speed
limit.

Set up parameters are easily adjusted with on board trimmer pots. For OEMs that have fixed settings, the M2 drive is microprocessor based
and can have the settings or ranges of the trimmer pots and other functions customized without any hardware changes!

The M2 drive is ideal for applications with two DC motors that are working together, two motors that run independently but are physical-
ly close, or simply when panel space is very limited.
Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com
05
 1/20 to 2 Hp
SCR DC
SCR DRIVES

A FEATURES & BENEFITS

n Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded speed reference signals of 0-10VDC or 4-20mA. 3% linearity through
50:1 speed range (60:1 for PCM23001A). 1% linearity through 30:1 speed range.
n Speed range and regulation: 1-2% regulation over 50:1 (60:1 for PCM23001A) speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed, max speed, current limit, and signal input adjust
(for external signal input only).
n Stopping modes: In manual mode only: decelerate to zero speed (N.O.) or add dynamic braking resistor and switch.
n Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost, and able to fit in a smaller package.
n Additional features: Manual or signal mode jumper select. 0-10V or 4-20mA signal jumper select.
n Additional features PCM23001A only: Third mode of signal input with ratio output, dual voltage AC input, DC field
voltage.

P C M 2 0 0 0 0 A S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Max. Output
Models Hp Rating
(VAC) (VDC) Current (ADC) Field Supply Signal Input

PCM21010A 115 0 - 90 2.0 None 1/20 - 1/8 @ 90 VDC 0-10 VDC

PCM21000A 115 0 - 90 10.0* None 1/4 - 1* @ 90 VDC 0-10 VDC

heatsink model #223-0159 above 5 amps. 0Drives

PCM22000A
*Needs - 180operate from 5010.0*
- 60 Hz. None 1/2 - 2* @ 180 VDC 0-10 VDC
230
50/100/200 1/8 - 1 @ 90 VDC or
PCM23001A 115/230 0 - 90 or 0 - 180 10.0 0-10 VDC or 4-20 mA
(1 amp) 1/4 - 2 @ 180 VDC
*Needs heatsink model #223-0159 above 5 Amps. Drives operate from 50-60 Hz

PCM20000A Series PCM20000A Dimensions

0.19 [5]

Typical Applications
3.58 [91] 1.75
[44]
n Process Control
n Web Tensioning 0.74 [19] 0.64 [16]
PCM21000A n Heating Systems
3.80 [97]
n Leader/Follower and 4.30 [109]
Multi-Axis Systems 0.19
[5]
1.60 [41] 1.28
[33] 0.96 [24]

3.80 [97] PCM21010A

The PCM20000A Series of drives are a cost-effective solution for vari- PCM21000
4.30 [109] PCM22000
able speed, process control applications from 1/20 to 2 Hp. The
PCM21010A, PCM21000A, PCM22000A and PCM23001A are SCR 6.9 [175]
PCM23000
drives that integrate isolation allowing them to accept external analog 6.3 [160]
process control signals. Alternative solutions require users to wire a 0.7 [18]
separate isolation card to the drive which adds cost and reduces avail-
able space.
3.0
[76] 4.4 [112]
Users can operate the drives in manual mode using normal poten-
tiometer operation or in signal mode where drive output is propor-
tional to an external signal input. Additionally, the PCM23001A can
ratio the output with a board-mounted potentiometer which proves
useful in applications with multiple drives and motors. It comes with a
quick connector for wiring between the three operation modes. 2.3 [58]
All dimensions in
inches [millimeters]

For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 43.

06 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/20 to 5 Hp
Isolated SCR DC

SCR DRIVES
FEATURES & BENEFITS A
n Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded signals of 0-10VDC or 4-20mA for controlling the speed of the motor.
Burr-Brown isolation provides .01% linearity.
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 60:1 speed range. 0.1% regulation over 80:1 speed range with the
addition of a tachometer for feedback.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed (12 turn), max speed (12 turn), current limit,
acceleration, deceleration and tachometer.
n Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power, run (MM501U only) and current limit status.
n Stopping modes: Start/stop circuitry for remote pushbuttons and switches. External dynamic braking can be added.
Coast to stop by removing power.
n Cage clamp terminal block: Quick and easy wire terminations reduce installation time!
n Additional features: Dual voltage AC input, tachometer feedback mode and on board fusing.

M M S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Form Max. Output
Models Field Supply (VDC) Hp Rating
(VAC) (VDC) Factor Current (ADC)
MM311U 115/230 0 - 90 or 0 - 180 50/100/200 (1 amp) 1/20 - 1/8 @ 90 VDC or 1/10 - 1/4 @ 180 VDC 1.37 1.5

MM301U 115/230 0 - 90 or 0 - 180 50/100/200 (1 amp) 1/4 - 1 @ 90 VDC or 1/2 - 2 @ 180 VDC 1.37 10.0

MM501U 115/230 0 - 90 or 0 - 180 50/100/200 (3 amps) 1 - 2 1/2 @ 90 VDC or 2 - 5 @ 180 VDC 1.37 25.0

MM Dimensions

0.76 [19]
MM Series
4.46 [113] 3.00 [76]
Typical Applications
n Leader/Follower Systems
n Conveyors
0.77 [19] n Printers
1.80 [46]
n Office Machinery
0.98 [25]
MM501U
n Web Tensioning
6.30 [160]
6.90 [175] All other models

The MM300 and MM500 Series of dual-voltage single quadrant SCR dri-
ves control 90 or 180 VDC SCR brush-type motors ranging from 1/20 Hp
through 5 Hp. The MM311U, MM301U, and the MM501U drives have
9.80 [249] 7.00
[178] integrated isolation allowing them to precisely follow analog current or
voltage signals from external devices or a potentiometer as a reference
for motor speed control. This results in significant labor and material cost
1.40 [36] reduction compared to other systems employing a separate drive and iso-
lation card.
6.30 [160]

These multi-featured chassis drives accept optional inputs for start and
2.60 [66]
stop. Depending on the application, users can run the drive open-loop
with armature feedback, or closed-loop with tachogenerator feedback for
6.90 [175] enhanced performance. These drives accept nearly any DC tachogener-
MM501U All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
ator (7-50 V/KRPM), scaleable using an adjustable tachogenerator gain
For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 43. potentiometer.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

07
 1/50 to 2 Hp
Isolated SCR DC
A
SCR DRIVES

FEATURES & BENEFITS

n MM footprint: An extremely compact size in an industry standard mounting footprint.
n Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded signals of 0-10VDC or 4-20mA for controlling the speed of the motor.
Burr-Brown isolation provides .01% linearity.
n Speed range and regulation: 2% regulation over 60:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed (12 turn), max speed (12 turn), current limit,
acceleration and deceleration.
n Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power, run, inhibit, and current limit status.
n Stopping modes: Choose N.O. or N.C. terminals to remotely decelerate to a stop by either closing or opening contacts.
Decelerate to min speed via the pot circuit. Coast to stop by removing power. External dynamic braking can be added.
n Quick disconnect terminal: Allows users to easily wire or switch controllers.
n Additional features: On-board line fusing.
M M - P C M S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Max. Output
Models (VAC) (VDC) Hp Rating
Current (ADC)
MM03-115AC-PCM 115 90 3 1/50 - 1/8

MM10-115AC-PCM 115 90 10* 1/8 - 1

MM03-230AC-PCM 230 180 3 1/25 - 1/4

MM10-230AC-PCM 230 180 10* 1/4 - 2

*Use heatsink #223-0159 above 5 amps. Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

MM-PCM Series
MM - PCM Dimensions

Typical Applications
0.19
3.55 [5]
n Leader/Follower [91]
3.91
System [99]
1.75 [44]
n Office Machinery
MM03-115AC-PCM n Conveyors 0.65
[16]
n Packaging Machinery 0.74 [19]
n Printers
n Robotics and Specialty 3.80 [97]
Machinery 4.30 [109]

Similar to our MM23001C Series in length and width, the “piggy-

back” design allows for many features in a small package. 2.16 [55]
0.19
[5]
1.28 [33]
The MM-PCM Series drive accepts non-isolated voltage (0-10VDC)
0.97 [25]
or current (4-20mA) signals coming from an in-plant process, pro-
grammable logic controller, motion controller, etc. to control speed. 3.80 [97]
A quick connect removable terminal block allows users to quickly 4.30 [109]
detach the drive without disconnecting the wires from the terminal
block. Also included are optically-isolated normally-closed stop
and normally-open start inputs. These allow remote starting and
stopping of the motor with switches or pushbuttons. All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 43.

08 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/50 to 1/4 Hp
SCR DC

SCR DRIVES
FEATURES & BENEFITS
A
n Low Cost: Designed for OEMs.
n Speed range and regulation: 3% regulation over 20:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed and max speed.
n Removable terminal barrier: Greatly reduces miswiring; easy installation.
n Optional premounted speed potentiometer: Reduces wiring time and makes a compact package.

M M 3 1 0 0 0 S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Max. Output Form Pre-mounted
Models Hp Rating
(VAC) (VDC) Current (ADC) Factor Potentiometer
MM31701B 115 0-90 2 1.37 1/50 - 1/8 @ 90 VDC No

MM31751B 115 0-90 2 1.37 1/50 - 1/8 @ 90 VDC Yes

MM31700B 115 0-90 3 1.37 1/8 - 1/4 @ 90 VDC No

MM31750B 115 0-90 3 1.37 1/8 - 1/4 @ 90 VDC Yes

MM31000 Series
Typical Applications
MM Dimensions
n Large Volume OEMs
n Feeders
n Pumps
n Conveyors
n Printers
n Industrial and Commercial MM31750B
2.80 [71]
3.75 [95]
Machinery

0.62 [16]
For cost-sensitive variable-speed applications requiring outstanding
performance, Minarik offers the MM31700 Series of SCR drives.
2.50 [64] These light-weight compact drives control DC brush-type motors
0.31 [8] ranging from 1/50 to 1/4 Hp, without any additional components
required. Reduced circuitry allows the cost to decrease significantly
0.18 [5]
1.37 [35]
and also lends to a very compact package, ideal for original equip-
ment manufacturers.

These MM Drives have a speed potentiometer rigidly mounted to an

2.72 [69] L-bracket on the circuit board (MM3170B/51B only). A prewired
removable terminal barrier eliminates nearly half of the wiring
required for other drives. Using full-wave rectification of the AC line
MM31751B/50B shown input, these SCR drives provide moderate 20:1 speed range.

All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 43.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

09
 1/20 to 2 Hp
SCR DC NEMA 1
SCR DRIVES

A FEATURES & BENEFITS

n NEMA 1 enclosure: Protects against accidental contact and falling objects.

n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 60:1 speed range. 3% for models MM21151C & MM21251C.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed, max speed, current limit, acceleration & deceleration.
n Non regen reversing: Forward/reverse switch on cover of models MM21251C & MM23201C.
n Diagnostic: LED for Power On light on front of enclosure.
n Stopping modes: MM21251C and MM23201C have run/brake switch on front of enclosure.
n Screw terminals: Quick and easy wire terminations.

M M 2 0 0 0 0 S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Max. Output Reversing &
Models Hp Rating
(VAC) (VDC) Current (ADC) Form Factor Braking Field Supply
MM21151C† 115 0 - 130 2.7 1.10 1/20 - 1/4 @ 130 VDC No 50/100 (1 Amp)

MM21251C† 115 0 - 130 2.7 1.10 1/20 - 1/4 @ 130 VDC Yes 50/100 (1 Amp)

115/230 10.0* 1.37 1/8 - 1 @ 90 VDC No 50/100/200 (1 Amp)

MM23101C* 0-90 or 0-180 or 1/4 - 2 @ 180 VDC
115/230 0-90 or 0-180 10.0* 1.37 1/8 - 1 @ 90 VDC Yes 50/100/200 (1 Amp)
MM23201C* or 1/4 - 2 @ 180 VDC

† A filtered drive yields higher output voltage and lower form factor.
*Needs heatsink model number 223 - 0174 above 5 amps. Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

MM20000 Series
Minarik’s MM20000 Series of drives
housed within an aluminum NEMA 1 enclo-
sure guarantee protection from hands,
falling dirt, or any other unwanted external
solid objects that present a hazard.
Typical Applications Additionally, the MM21251C and
n Conveyors MM23201C have non-regenerative revers-
n Packaging Equipment ing and dynamic braking capability accessi-
n Printers ble through switches on the front of the
n Specialty Machinery enclosure. Users make all wire terminations
n Food Processing at the screw terminal strip inside the enclo-
MM23201
n Pumps sure, and operate the drive through the pre-
mounted speed potentiometer, power
switch, and brake or reversing switch when
MM20000 Dimensions applicable.
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] 6.00 [152]
4.75 [121]
1.79 We offer four different MM drives that fit in
1.13 [29] [45] 2.50 2.50
1.69 1.69 [64] [64] NEMA 1 enclosures. Each drive is depend-
[43] [43]
Keyhole
(3)
able and adept at controlling DC SCR
5.00
for #10
8.00
brush-type motors in variable-speed appli-
6.78 screw
8.88 [172]
[127] [203] cations from 1/20 to 2 Hp. Using full-wave
[266] rectification of the AC line input, these SCR
drives provide a 60:1 speed range. The
MM21151C and MM21251C are filtered
drives that output 0-130 VDC to the motor
3.45
with a 1.10 form factor. We offer single and
MM21151C/MM21251C Dimensions [88] 2.75 dual voltage drives which operate from 115
[70]
VAC or 115/230 VAC, to run 90, 130 or
3.60
[92] 180 VDC motors.
2.75 1.72
2.50Two 0.88 [22]
[58] [44]
[64]conduit holes
MM223101C/MM23201C Dimensions

For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 43.

10 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/8 to 2 Hp
SCR DC NEMA 4X
A

SCR DRIVES
FEATURES & BENEFITS

n NEMA 4X enclosure: Plastic enclosure protects against outer corrosive material and incidental contact.
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 60:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, minimum speed, maximum speed, torque limit, acceleration, and
deceleration. The MC10-PCM unit also has signal min and signal max pots.
n Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power and current limit status.
n Mounted operators: Speed adjust knob located on front of case for easy operation. MC10-R includes direction switch
and MC10-PCM includes signal/manual switch.
n Screw and spade terminal: Quick and easy wire terminations.
n Inhibit terminal: Allows users to remotely coast the drive to minimum speed by closing the contacts.
n Analog input reference: MC10-PCM can accept a 0-10VDC or 1-5mA speed reference. Terminals provided for shunt
resistor is a 4-20mA or other current signal is used.
n Additional features: Dual voltage AC input (115 or 230VAC), AC line fuses, and field voltage for shunt wound motors.

P a t r i o t S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Output Field Supply Signal
Models Input Voltage Max Output Hp Rating Reversing?
Voltage (VDC) Voltage Isolation?
±10%, 50/60Hz Current (ADC)
(VDC)
MC10 No No
0-90 50/100/200
MC10-PCM 1/8 - 1 @ 90 VDC
115/230 VAC or 0-180VDC (1 amp) 10.0 No Yes
1/4 - 2 @ 180 VDC
(1.37 form factor)
MC10-R Yes No

Patriot Series
Patriot Dimensions Typical Applications
MC10 n Conveyors
n Packaging Equipment
n Printers
n Specialty Machinery
n Food Processing MC10-R
n Pumps
The Patriot Series provides a reliable and economical solution for vari-
able speed control of permanent magnet, or shunt wound brush DC
motors from 1/8 to 2 horsepower.

Housed in a NEMA 4X enclosure, the dual voltage Patriot series is ideal

for washdown applications and provides protection from corrosive
material, windblown dust and incidental contact.

Included is power and current limit LEDs, line fuses, inhibit pins for
remote start/stop, and a speed adjust knob mounted on the front cover.
In addition, the MC10 model includes an On/Off switch on the front
cover; the MC10-R model- a Forward/Off/Reverse switch; and the
MC10-PCM model- an On/Off switch and a Manual/Signal switch.

Setup is easy with the necessary trimmer pots and a screw terminal
block for easy wire connections. The MC10-PCM model also includes
shunt resistor terminals if scaling of the current signal is desired.
For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 43.
With excellent control and a plastic NEMA 4X enclosure, the Patriot
Series is the perfect solution for many applications that require an
enclosed drive.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

11
 1/20 to 2 Hp
SCR DC NEMA 4X
A
SCR DRIVES

FEATURES & BENEFITS

n NEMA 4X enclosure: Protects against outer corrosive material and incidental contact.
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 60:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed, max speed, current limit, acceleration and
deceleration.
n Diagnostic: LED for Power On light on front of enclosure.
n Inhibit terminals for stopping: Allows users to remotely coast the drive to the minimum speed by closing
the contacts.
n Screw terminals: Quick and easy wire terminations.
n Mounted operators: Speed pot and power on/off switch.
n Additional features: Dual voltage AC input, AC line fusing, attached heatsink, and field voltage for shunt
wound motors.

M M 2 3 4 0 0 C S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Field Supply Max Output Form
Models Hp Rating
(VAC) (VDC) (VDC) Current (ADC) Factor

MM23411C 0-90 or 50/100/200 1/20 - 1/8 @ 90 VDC or

115/230 1.5 1.37
0-180 (1 Amp) 1/10 - 1/4 @ 180 VDC
0-90 or 50/100/200 1/8 - 1 @ 90 VDC or
MM23401C 115/230 10.0 1.37
0-180 (1 Amp) 1/4 - 2 @180 VDC
Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

MM23400C Series

Typical Applications MM23400C Dimensions

n Conveyors
6.90 [175]
n Packaging Equipment
6.30 [160]
n Printers 0.87 [22]

n Specialty Machinery
MM23401C n Food Processing
n Pumps

8.20 [208] 7.76 [197]

Minarik’s standard MM23400C Series of drives housed within a
NEMA 4X enclosure guarantee protection from washdown applica- 6.00 [152]

tions, corrosive material, windblown dust, incidental contact with

enclosed equipment, or unwanted external solid objects. The
MM23401C and MM23411C provide sound performance for DC
FOUR MOUNTNG SLOTS 0.19 [5] WIDE
brush-type motors from 1/20 to 2 Hp. These stand-alone cased dri-
ves contain a neon power light, a pre-mounted heatsink, a power
switch and speed adjustment knob accessible from the front of the
enclosure. 4.50 [144]
3.70 [94]
2.25 [57]
Using full-wave rectification of the AC line input, these SCR drives
provide a 60:1 speed range. Users make all wire terminations at 0.13 [3]
2.0.5 [84]
the screw terminal block inside the enclosure. The dual voltage
capability allows these drives to operate from 115 or 230 VAC, TWO 0.88 [22] KNOCKOUTS

50/60 Hz, to run 90 or 180 VDC motors.

All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 43.

12 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/20 to 2 Hp
Isolated SCR DC NEMA 4X
A

SCR DRIVES
FEATURES & BENEFITS

n NEMA 4X enclosure: Protects against outer corrosive material and incidental contact.
n Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded signals of 0-10VDC or 4-20mA for controlling the speed of the
motor. 3% linearity, through 60:1 speed range, 1% through 30:1 speed range.
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 60:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed, max speed, current limit, input signal min
and signal max.
n Diagnostic: LED for Power On light on front of enclosure.
n Spade and screw terminals: Quick and easy wire terminations.
n Mounted Operators: Power on/off switch, speed potentiometer and signal/manual mode switch.
n Additional features: Dual voltage AC input, AC line fuses, attached heatsink and DC field voltage for shunt
wound motors.
P C M 2 3 4 0 0 A S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Field Supply Max Output Form
Models Hp Rating Signal Input
(VAC) Voltage (VDC) (VDC) Current (ADC) Factor

PCM23411A 0-90 or 50/100/200 1/20 - 1/8 @ 90 VDC 0-10 VDC or

115/230 3.0 1.37
0-180 (1 Amp) or 1/8 - 1/4 @ 180 VDC 4-20 mA
0-90 or 50/100/200 1/8 - 1 @ 90 VDC or 0-10 VDC or
PCM23401A 115/230 10.0 1.37
0-180 (1 Amp) 1/4 - 2 @180 VDC 4-20 mA
Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz. *Some applications may require shunt resistor. Please consult manual for sizing information.

PCM23400A Dimensions PCM23400A Series

6.90 [175]

6.30 [160] Typical Applications

1.41 [36]
n Process Control
n Leader/Follower Systems
n Food Industry
7.00
n Multi-axis Systems
10.20
[259] [178] n Conveyors
PCM23401A

The PCM23400A Series of full-wave rectified SCR drives are a cost-

effective solution for variable speed, process control applications
requiring protection from washdown, dirt, and other corrosive ele-
ments. The PCM23411A and PCM23401A accept 115 or 230 VAC
for control of 90 or 180 VDC, SCR brush-type motors respectively,
6.20 ranging from 1/20 to 2 Hp.
[157]
For added versatility, these drives have integrated isolation which
0.13 2.40 [61]
[3] allows them to follow analog current or voltage signals from external
2.00 1.50
devices as a reference for motor speed control. Users can operate
[51] [38] the drive in three distinct modes. 1) manual mode-normal poten-
4 MOUNTING SLOTS 0.188 IN. WIDE
tiometer operation, 2) signal mode-accepts an external speed refer-
ence voltage or 3) signal with ratioing mode-accepts an external
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] speed reference voltage that can then be scaled by an external
potentiometer. The wiring configuration of a quick connector inside
For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 43. the case determines the operation mode. The face of a NEMA 4X
enclosure has a power switch and light, manual/signal input switch,
and external speed potentiometer.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

13
 1/20 to 2 Hp
PWM DC
FEATURES & BENEFITS
PWM DRIVES

B n MM footprint: An extremely compact size in an industry standard mounting footprint.

n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 100:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots : IR compensation, min speed, max speed, current limit, acceleration and deceleration.
n Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power and current limit status.
n Inhibit terminals for stopping: Allows users to remotely coast the drive to a stop (isolated on “-PCM” version).
n Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost, and able to fit in a smaller package.
n 16.5 kHz switching frequency: A high switching frequency means a quiet motor!
n Auto-ranging power supply: Accepts AC or DC input in the 115-230V range.
n Options and accessories: “-PCM” option adds isolation for the speed reference input and the inhibit pins.

M M X L S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Max. Cont. Height
Models Form Factor Hp Rating Isolation
(VAC) (VDC) Output (ADC) (A)
MMXL02-D240AC 120/240 0–130/0–240 2 1.05 1/20 - 1/4 @ 90 VDC Optional 2.5
1/10 - 1/2 @ 180 VDC
1/4 - 1/2 @ 90 VDC
MMXL05-D240AC 120/240 0–130/0–240 5 1.05 1/2 - 1 @ 180 VDC Optional 3.2

MMXL10-D240AC 120/240 0–130/0–240 10* 1.05 1/2 - 1 @ 90 VDC Optional 3.9

1 - 2 @ 180 VDC
*Needs heatsink model number 223-0159 above 5 amps. Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

MMXL Series
Minarik has always been a leader in providing low-cost
PWM motor controls. With the MMXL Series, we have
done it once again! We have taken a full-featured PWM
Typical Applications drive and reduced it down to the standard MM footprint
n Conveying (4.30" x 3.64").
n Printing Not only did we keep all of the features of the larger XL
n Exercise Equipment Series, but we even added optical isolation to the speed
MMXL05-D240AC-PCM n Film Processing circuit and the inhibit circuit in the
n Winding Machinery “-PCM” model. This means that the speed can be con-
n Packaging trolled with any 0-5 VDC signal and many drives can be
inhibited with a single contact closure. The auto ranging
power supply allows the user to apply 120 or 240 VAC
without adjusting any switches. The full-featured MMXL is
one of the smallest PWM drives on the market today!

MMXL Dimensions

A
3.64
1.55 [34]
[93] 1.75 1.03 [28]
[44]

0.19 [5] 3.80 [87]

0.74 [19] 4.30 [109]

All dimensions in inches [millimeters]. See table above for height “A”.

For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 43.

14 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/20 to 3 Hp
PWM DC
FEATURES & BENEFITS

PWM DRIVES
n

n
Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 100:1 speed range.
User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed, max speed, current limit, acceleration,
B
deceleration and jog (XL3300A only).
n Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power and current limit status.
n Inhibit terminals for stopping: Allows users to remotely coast the drive to a stop.
n Cage clamp terminal block: Quick and easy wire terminations reduce installation time!
n 22 kHz switching frequency: A high switching frequency means a quieter motor!
n AC input/DC output switches: Allows the selection of the lower voltage (0-130VDC) DC output for either the 115
or 230 VAC input selection.
n Additional features: Dual voltage AC input, DC field supply and on board line fuse.

X L S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Max. Output Field Supply Jog Speed Form Height
Models Hp Rating
(AC/DC) (VDC) Current (ADC) (VDC) (% of rated) Factor Dimensions (H)
50/100/200 1/20 - 1/4 @ 130 VDC or
XL3025A 120/240 0-130 or 0-240 3.0 (1 amp) 1/8 - 1/3 @ 240 VDC N/A 1.05 2.25 [57.2]
50/100/200 1/8 - 1/2 @ 130 VDC or
XL3050A 120/240 0-130 or 0-240 5.0 (1 amp) 1/4 - 3/4 @ 240 VDC N/A 1.05 3.00 [76.2]

10.0* 50/100/200 1/4 - 1 @ 130 VDC or

XL3200A 120/240 0-130 or 0-240 (1 amp) 1/2 - 2 @ 240 VDC
N/A 1.05 3.75 [95.3]
XL3300A 120/240 15.0 50/100/200 1/4 - 1 1/2 @ 130 VDC 0 - 120% 1.05
0-130 or 0-240 (1 amp) or 1/2 - 3 @ 240 VDC 3.92 [99]
*Needs heatsink model number 223 - 0271 above 5 amps. Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

XL Dimensions

XL Series
9.78 7.00 Typical Applications
[248] [178]
n Medical Equipment
0.19 [5] n Office Machinery
1.39
[35] n Pumps
6.30 [160]
n Packaging
6.90 [175] n Exercise Equipment
n Specialty Machinery
XL3025A
3.92 [99]

XL3300A 0.13 [3] 6.90 [175]

Minarik’s XL Series of filtered pulse-width-modulated (PWM) variable-

speed DC drives provide exceptional performance. They output nearly
4.97 [126] pure DC power to brush-type motors ranging from 1/20 to 3 Hp. Drives
4.13 [105] accept 120 or 240 VAC input to output 0 to 130 or 240 VDC, respec-
0.50
[13]
tively; resulting in higher speeds from standard 90 or 180 VDC SCR
duty motors. This innovative technology lets users operate many low
0.25 [6] voltage motors with only minor calibration adjustments.
5.13 [130]
MOSFET power devices switch at 22 kHz, which is above the audible
0.87
range, to provide fast circuit response and a constant 1.05 form factor
H [22] over the entire 100:1 speed range. Highly-efficient XL drives provide
1.75 [44]
cool, quiet motor operation with extended brush life and low mainte-
5.38 [137]
nance. For convenience, the drives have a cage-clamp terminal block
to make wiring easy. The XL3300A can jog motors from 0 -120% of
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
All other models See table above for height “A”. rated speed with a separate trimmer pot.
For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 43.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

15
 1/20 to 1 Hp
PWM DC

FEATURES & BENEFITS

PWM DRIVES

B n MM footprint: An extremely compact size in an industry standard mounting footprint.

n Low cost: Designed for OEM applications.
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 80:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, max speed, current limit and acceleration/deceleration.
n Stopping modes: Decelerate to a stop (N.O.) or add dynamic braking switch and resistor.
n Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost, and able to fit in a smaller package.
n 22kHz switching frequency: A high switching frequency means a quieter motor!
n Accepts AC or DC input: Can accept 100-160VDC input voltage or 70-130VAC.
n Options: “-Q” option adds a cage-clamp type terminal block and on-board fusing.
X P S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Max. Output Terminal Height
Models Hp Rating Fused
(AC or DC) (VDC) Current (ADC) Form Factor Block Dimensions (H)
XP02-115AC 115 0 - 130 2.0 1.05 1/20 - 1/4 @ 130 VDC No No 1.77 [45]

XP02-115AC-Q 115 0 - 130 2.0 1.05 1/20 - 1/4 @ 130 VDC Yes Yes 2.15 [55]

XP05-115AC 115 0 - 130 5.0 1.05 1/4 - 1/2 @ 130 VDC No No 2.36 [60]
XP10-115AC 115 0 - 130 10.0* 1.05 1/2 - 1 @ 130 VDC No No 2.88 [73]
*Needs heatsink model number 223 - 0159 above 5 amps. Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

XP Series Specifically designed for the original

equipment manufacture (OEM), the XP
Series of DC motor speed drives provide
Typical Applications high performance at a low cost. These
drives are well suited for XL drive candi-
n Medical Equipment dates who do not need all of its features.
n Office Machinery The XP takes an AC line input, rectifies it
n Food Processing and filters the output to create a DC bus
n Packaging Equipment that is chopped by pulse-width-modula-
n Treadmills tion (PWM) circuitry to provide nearly
pure DC power to the motor. The result
XP02-115AC
is a form factor of 1.05 or less through-
out the entire 80:1 speed range; com-
pared to a 1.37 form factor from stan-
XP Dimensions
dard unfiltered SCR drives. The near
XP02-115AC-Q
All other models unity form factor results in smooth, quiet,
0.19 cool and low maintenance motor opera-
[5]
tion. In addition, the low form factor
3.64 [93]
1.75 [44]
allows drives to operate lower voltage
3.58 1.75
[91] 0.65 motors without additional circuitry.
[44] [16]
0.74 [19]
0.74 [19]
XP drives are versatile. They can accept
3.80 [97]
any AC voltage between 70 and 130
3.80 [97] 4.30 [109] VAC. XP drives contain a unipolar power
4.30 [109]
Six mounting slots 0.19 [5] wide x 0.34 [9] deep supply, which enables the drive to accept
DC (100 - 160 VDC); unlike typical
0.19
[5] transformer-coupled drives. Depending
2.15
[55] 1.28 H on your application needs, these drives
[33] 0.97 [25] 1.35
[34] 1.03 [26] will provide speed control for motors
3.80 [97] ranging from 1/20 through 1 Hp.
3.80 [97]
4.30 [109]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 48.

16 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/100 to 1/4 Hp
PWM DC
FEATURES & BENEFITS

PWM DRIVES
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 30:1 speed range. B
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed, max speed and current limit.
n Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power and current limit status.
n 11 pin connector block on -SL models: Same terminal block that was used on earlier “SL” drives.
(Pin layout may vary).
n 22kHz switching frequency: A high switching frequency means a quieter motor!
n Additional features on -SL models: DC field supply and on board line fuse.

X P - S L S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Output Field Voltage Form
Models (VDC) Hp Rating
(VAC) Voltage (VDC) Current (ADC) Factor

XP01-115AC-SL 115 0 - 130 1 100 1.05 1/100 - 1/25

XP03-115AC-SL 115 0 - 130 3 100 1.05 1/20 - 1/4

Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

XP-SL Series
Typical Applications

n Medical Equipment
n Office Machinery
n Food Processing
n Packaging Equipment XP01-115AC-SL
XP-SL Dimensions

Minarik’s XP-SL series is a cost-effective, highly reliable pulse-

width-modulated (PWM) drive that can be used with shunt
wound, series and permanent magnet motors. It replaces
Minarik’s SL drive series that was an SCR drive designed for
3.00
2.625 shunt wound motors.

PWM technology allows for a wider speed range and lower form
.1875
factor than SCR technology. This means that the XP-SL is capa-
ble of running motors at lower speeds without an increase in
.1875
4.125
motor temperature as is common with SCR drives.
4.50

XP-SL Series

All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 48.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

17
 W
E
500A
N

PWM DC
FEATURES & BENEFITS
PWM DRIVES

B n Designed for battery-powered vehicles: Industrial or recreational.

n PC programmable parameters: Speed limit, current limit, throttle high and low voltages, braking amount.
n Diagnostic: Fault detection with flashing LED signalization.
n Safety features: Protection from high-speed runaway, rollaway, overheating and main contactor arcing. Under-voltage
control, low power direction switching, and back-up alarm signals.
n Outputs: Hour meter signal for time-in-use measuring. Isolated frequency output for speedometer. “Back up”
alarm signal.
n Inputs: Engage “hill” mode for more torque and less speed.
n Stopping Modes: Regenerative braking. Regen energy stored to extend battery charge range.
n Plug in connector: Easy wire up. Locking feature keeps connection secure.
n Options and Accessories: 134-0046 serial cable. Cruise control support (consult factory).
D C 5 0 0 S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Max Armature Current Field Current
Models (Amps) Rating (A)
(VDC) (VDC)
DC5004Q-36/48 36-48 36-48 500*/ 200 50*/15

*For 2 minutes. for 60 minutes at 40°C

DC500
Typical Applications
n Golf Carts
DC500 Dimensions
n Neighborhood Electric
Vehicles
n Electric Scooters

n Electric Carts, Bikes

DC5004Q-36/48
n Automated Vehicles

n Electric Utility Vehicles

The DC500 PWM DC drive was developed and designed for battery operated elec-
tric vehicles with separately excited DC motors.

DC500 safety features for safe integration into electric vehicles include runaway and
rollaway protection, battery under-voltage control, and protection from overheating.

The DC500 drive detects when battery voltage drops too low, and will gradually
boost the field current to compensate. This prevents intermittent operation of the vehi-
cle and provides torque to get back to the charging station.

The DC500 drive heatsink has a temperature sensor that at 60°C triggers a warning
signal along with gradual automatic field current boosting and armature current cut-
backs to help keep the drive below the shut down temperature of 85°C. The warning
signal generates progressively faster beeps as the temperature increases beyond
60°C.

Configurable safety parameters, such as speed limit, throttle voltage range, current
limit and braking amount are set via any terminal program on a Windows based PC.
Connection to the DC500 drive is via a standard DB9 female-male serial cable.

Additional DC500 features are an alarm signal when in reverse, regenerative brak-
ing which charges the battery, an input to select more torque and less speed, and
outputs for an hour meter and a speedometer.

Packed with all the necessary features, the DC500 drive is the perfect solution for
industrial or recreational battery operated vehicle motor control.

18 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/4 to 3 Hp
Low Voltage PWM DC
FEATURES & BENEFITS

PWM DRIVES
Low voltage motor operation: Designed for 12, 24, 36 and 48 VDC motors.
n

n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 80:1 speed range.

B
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, max speed, min speed, acceleration and current limit. All are
independent and non-interactive.
n Diagnostic LEDs: Power.
n Stopping modes: The user can coast the motor to a stop (N.O.) using inhibit circuitry.
n Spade terminals and screw terminal block: Quick and easy connections.
n DC input voltage: Accepts DC input and outputs DC voltage up to 95% of the input with near perfect form factor.
n One drive for two motor voltages: On board jumper to select 12 or 24VDC motor (36 or 48VDC on some models).
n Ideal for battery powered equipment: Maintains variable speed control even as battery voltage declines. Extends
total running time of equipment.
n Additional features: extruded chassis and non-interactive trimmer pots.
D C t o D C S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
DC Input Max Continuous
Models DC Output Voltage Form Factor Hp Rating
Voltage Range Armature Current
DC16-12/24 10-32 VDC up to 95% of input 16A 1.01 1/4 - 1/2

DC60-12/24 10-32 VDC up to 95% of input 60A 1.01 1/2 - 1

DC60-36/48 32-50 VDC up to 95% of input 60A 1.01 3

DC-DC Series
Typical Applications

DC-DC Dimensions n Electric Vehicles

n Mobility Aids
n Golf Caddies
Q503 Q501 Q504 Q502
n Battery Operated
NPUT

4.44 [113] C501

Equipment
+VD

C504

3.74 [95] 3.70 [94]

Pumps
A2

n
2.41 [61] S1 1 2 3
0.70 [18] DC60-36/48
A1

IL501

Agricultural Sprayers
JP501
S2 POWER L501

0.36 [9] S3
T

C506
6
n
R502
2 C505

0.50 [13]

DC16
The DC-DC Series are DC in/DC out PWM chassis drives. These feature
2.20 [56]
rich drives include inhibit for remote starting and stopping, a power LED, and
0.95 [24]

trimmer pot adjustments for minimum speed, maximum speed, acceleration,

0.19 [5]
0.70 [18] 5.50 [140] IR comp, and current limit. All trimmer pots are non-interactive making cal-
0.30 [8] 6.30 [160]
6.90 [175] ibration quick and easy.
0.19 [5]

The DC-DC Series is available in three sizes: 16A and 60A units for 12 or
1.99 [51]
6.90 [175] 24 VDC motors and a 60A unit for 36 or 48 VDC motors. Configuring a
Q503 Q501 Q504 Q502

6.38 [162]
DC Series drive for a specific motor voltage is easy with an on-board jumper.
1
R501

C507 C502 C501

C504 3.00 [76]

1 2 3 Perfect for use with battery-powered equipment, the DC-DC Series is able to
A1

3.60 [91] JP501 IL501

POWER

6.30 [160]

0.49 [12]
R502
C505
maintain variable speed control as the battery discharges. This results in an
increase in running time of battery-operated equipment. The DC-DC Series
0.74 [19] 6.30 [160]
is also ideal for many other types of portable equipment.

3.21 [82] The UL approved DC-DC Series comes with an extruded chassis for better
1.01 [26]

0.15 [4]
1.96 [50] heat sink transfer to the heatsink, more bus capacitance to handle ripple cur-
DC60
0 88 [22]
Height = 1.313" rents, a loose speed potentiometer and a convenient screw terminal block
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
for wiring. With 1% speed regulation over an 80:1 speed range, the DC-
DC Series is the perfect solution for low voltage, DC-to-DC applications!

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

19
 1/50 to 2 Hp
Low Voltage PWM DC
FEATURES & BENEFITS
PWM DRIVES

MM footprint: An extremely compact size in an industry standard mounting footprint.

B n

n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 80:1 speed range.

n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, max speed, current limit and acceleration/deceleration.
n Stopping modes: Decelerate to zero speed by adding a N.O. switch to the pot circuit, or add a dynamic braking switch
and resistor.
n Low Voltage Motor Operation: Designed for 12-60VDC motors.
n 22kHz switching frequency: A high switching frequency means a quieter motor!
n DC input voltage: Accepts DC input and outputs DC voltage up to 95% of the input with near perfect form factor.
Special DC input and output voltages may be accommodated. Please contact the factory.
n Additional features: Switch mode power supply to maintain stable drive operation under low voltage battery condition.
X P D C S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Max. Output
Models Form Factor Hp Rating
(VDC) (VDC) Current (ADC)
XP08-60DC 50-70 0-60 81 1.01 1/50-1

XP16-36/48DC 32-50 0-48 16 1

1.01 1/50-1

XP32-12/24DC 10-32 0-24 32 2 1.01 1/50-1

XP60-12/24DC 10-32 0-24 60 2 1.01 1/10-2

1 At 40°C ambient no additional heatsink is necessary. 2 XP32 and XP60 Series drives require heatsink kit 223-0159 or equivalent when continuous
current is above 20 amps. Output can go as high as 95% of DC supply voltage.

XP DC Series
Typical Applications
n Portable Equipment
Minarik’s XP Series of DC drives provide high per-
n Electric Vehicles
formance at a low cost. Designed for applications
n Farm Equipment
running from a DC power supply or battery power
n Self-Powered Material
input, the DC/DC XP Series controls brush-type
XP32-12/24DC
Handling Equipment
DC motors from 1/50 Hp through 2 Hp.
n Fork Lifts
Remarkably efficient, standard DC/DC XP drives
operate low voltage motors from 12 VDC to 60
XP DC Dimensions VDC, up to 60 amps. Users requiring specifica-
tions outside of this range should consult the fac-
tory.

Properly rated, a single drive can operate motors

3.64 from different voltage specifications. We also fea-
[93]
1.75 [44] ture a switch mode power supply to keep the drive
0.19 [5]
logic at a level sufficient for stable operation when
the incoming battery voltage sags below rated
0.74 [19]
specifications. Pulse-width-modulation (PWM) cir-
cuitry in the DC/DC XP drives results in quick cir-
cuit response and a constant 1.01 form factor
through an 80:1 speed range.
1.35
1.37 [35] [34] 1.03 [26]
DC/DC XP drives are ideal for applications using
remote control and where AC power is inaccessi-
3.80 [97]
ble. Also, DC/DC XP drives are an excellent alter-
4.30 [109]
native to multiple stand-alone drives in AC pow-
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] ered machinery.

20 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/500 to 1/50 Hp
PWM DC Low Voltage

FEATURES & BENEFITS

PWM DRIVES
B
n Low voltage motor operation: Designed for 12 and 24VDC motors.
n Speed range and regulation: 1% speed regulation over 100:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed, max speed and torque.
n Stopping modes: Deceleration to zero through the pot circuit, or external dynamic braking can be added.
n Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost and able to fit in a smaller package.
n 16kHz switching frequency: A high switching frequency means a quiet motor!
n Additional features: AC or DC input choices and near unity form factor throughout the speed range.

L V S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Output Voltage Output Current Peak Current
Models Input Voltage Form Factor Form Factor
(VDC) (Amps) (Amps)
LV02-24AC 8-24VAC 0-24 VDC 2 4 1.05 1/500-1/100

LV02-24DC 10-36VDC 0-24 VDC 2 4 1.01 1/250-1/50

LV01-24AC 8-24VAC 0-24 VDC 1 2 1.05 1/500-1/100

LV Series
Typical Applications
LV Dimensions
n Feeders
n Light Duty Conveyors
n Office Equipment
n Folders & Laminators
n Battery Powered Systems LV01-24AC
BR501 IC501

Mobile Systems
+ ~ ~ -
D501 A1
L1 n
C501 A2
L2

DC+ IN R501

0.19[5]
0.19 [5]
3.58 DC- IN
R502

1.75
3.58 [91]
[91] 1.75 [44]
[44]
Minarik’s LV Series of variable speed drives provide exceptional perfor-
C501 (ALTERNATE)

MIN SPD IR COMP

S1

S2
mance for your fractional horsepower, low voltage DC motor (12 and 24
C503
S3
C502
VDC) by using filtered pulse-width modulation (PWM). These compact, low
0.74
0.74 [19]
[19] 0.64
0.64[16]
[16]
MAX SPD TQ LIMIT
cost drives are designed to provide 1% speed regulation throughout a 100:1
3.80 [97]
3.80 [97] speed range.
4.30 [109]
4.30 [109]
Packaged in a compact footprint, these user friendly drives are available with
AC or DC input voltage. The auto ranging unipolar power supply allows
standard LV drives to accept as inputs any AC voltage ranging from 8 to
24VAC, or DC voltage between 10 to 36 VDC. For added cost savings when
1.40
1.40 [36]
1.28 0.97
[36] 1.28 [33]
[33] 0.97
0.19 [5]
0.19 the application calls for DC inputs only, the drives are available without the
[25]
[25]
[5]
AC or DC power supply. The series is available with a 1 Amp output (LV01)
or a 2 Amp output (LV02).

The PWM circuitry in the LV drives result in a 1.05 form factor over the entire
speed range when an AC power input is provided. With a DC input these
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] drives have an almost perfect DC form factor of 1.01. The LV Series is ideal
for cost sensitive variable speed applications requiring outstanding perfor-
mance, and cooler, quieter motor operation from low voltage DC motors.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

21
 1/20 to 1 Hp
Isolated PWM DC

FEATURES & BENEFITS

PWM DRIVES

B n MM footprint: An extremely compact size in an industry standard mounting footprint.

n Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded speed setpoint signals of 0-10VDC. Isolation transformer provides 1%
linearity.
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 80:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, max speed, min speed, current limit and signal adjust (external
reference mode).
n Stopping modes: Decelerate to min speed by adding a N.O. switch or add a braking switch and resistor.
n Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost, and able to fit in a smaller package.
n Two operating modes: Speed setpoint via potentiometer or external reference signal (0-10VDC).
n Accepts AC or DC voltage: The XP drive accepts an AC input of 70-130VAC or a DC input of 100-160VDC.

P C M X P S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Input Voltage Output Max. Output Form
Models HP Rating Height (A)
(AC) (DC) Voltage (VDC) Current (VDC) Factor
PCMXP02-115AC 70-130V 100-160V 0 - 130 2.0 1/20 - 1/8 @ 130 VDC 1.05 1.77 [45]

PCMXP05-115AC 70-130V 100-160V 0 - 130 5.0 1/4 - 1/2 @ 130 VDC 1.05 2.36 [60]

PCMXP10-115AC 70-130V 100-160V 0 - 130 10.0* 1/2 - 1 @ 130 VDC 1.05 2.88 [73]
*Needs heatsink model number 223-0159 above 5 amps. Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

PCMXP Series
Typical Applications

n Medical Equipment
n Office Machinery
n Web Processing
n Machine Tools PCMXP Dimensions
n Exercise Equipment
PCMXP02-115AC n Robotics

Minarik expanded the XP Series of low-cost, high-performance, pulse-

width-modulation (PWM) DC drives to offer the PCMXP Series which
accepts any external analog process control signal from 0 to 10 VDC.
Users can operate the drives in two distinct modes: manual mode using
normal potentiometer operation or signal mode: operation from an exter-
nal signal input only.

Standard XP drives are versatile, and accept any voltage ranging from 70
to 130 VAC. XP drives contain a unipolar power supply, which enables
them to accept any DC voltage input between 100 and 160 VDC. Users,
after proper calibration, can operate many low voltage motors without
additional circuitry. All Minarik PWM drives yield a constant 1.05 form fac-
tor or less over the entire 80:1 speed range resulting in smooth, quiet, cool
and low maintenance motor operation.

All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 48.

22 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/100 to 1/4 Hp
PWM DC NEMA 1
FEATURES & BENEFITS

PWM DRIVES
n NEMA 1 enclosure: Protects against accidental contact and falling objects. B
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 80:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, max speed, current limit and min speed.
n Stopping modes: Decelerate to zero speed with speed pot (with built-in switch) set to “off”.
n Diagnostic LEDs: LED for Power On light on front of enclosure.
n Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost, and able to fit in a smaller package.
n 22kHz switching frequency: A high switching frequency means a quieter motor!
n Accepts AC or DC input: Can accept an input of 100-160VDC or 90-130VAC
n Additional features: AC line fuse and mounted speed pot with built-in on/off switch.

C 1 X P S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Models Input Voltage Input Voltage Output Voltage Max. Output
Form Factor Hp Rating
(AC) (DC) (VDC) Current (ADC)
C1XP01-115AC-A 90-130V 100-160V 0 - 130 1.0 1.05 1/100 - 1/10 @ 130 VDC

C1XP03-115AC-A 90-130V 100-160V 0 - 130 3.0 1.05 1/10 - 1/4 @ 130 VDC
Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

C1XP Series
Typical Applications
C1XP Dimensions n Medical Equipment
n Office Machinery
n Food Processing
n Packaging Equipment
n Blenders and Mixers
5.50 [140] n Woodworking C1XP01-115AC-A
Machinery

For applications requiring basic drive protection from falling

objects or incidental contact, Minarik offers the XP Series of low
cost, high performance pulse-width-modulation (PWM) DC motor
3.20 [81] speed drives housed within a NEMA 1 enclosure. These filtered
drives have a power-on LED and a power switch/speed adjust
knob located on the front of the case. With a 115 VAC input, the
XPs control 130 VDC brush-type motors from 1/100 to 1/4 Hp.
0.88 [22]
2.28 [58] Standard XP drives accept any voltage ranging from 90 to 130
3.42 [87] 2.50 [64]
VAC. XP drives contain an inexpensive unipolar power supply,
3.51 [89] 1.06 [27]
which enables them to accept any DC voltage input between 100
1.82 [46] and 160 VDC. After proper calibration, users can also operate
low voltage motors without additional circuitry. All Minarik filtered
PWM drives yield a constant 1.05 form factor or less over the 80:1
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] speed range resulting in smooth, quiet, cool and low maintenance
motor operation.
For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 48.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

23
 1/20 to 2 Hp
PWM DC NEMA 4X
FEATURES & BENEFITS
PWM DRIVES

B n NEMA 4X enclosure: Protects against external corrosive material and incidental contact.
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 100:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed, max speed, current limit, acceleration and deceleration.
n Diagnostic LEDs: LED for Power On light on front of enclosure.
n Stopping modes: Coast to a stop with Power On/Off switch or via inhibit terminals (N.O.).
n Cage clamp terminal block: Quick and easy wire terminations reduce installation time!
n 22kHz switching frequency: A high switching frequency means a quieter motor!
n Additional features: Dual voltage AC input, DC field supply, and on board line fuse.

C 4 X L S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Field Supply Max Output Form Jog Speed
Models Hp Rating
(VAC) Voltage (VDC) (VDC) Current (ADC) Factor (% of Rated)
0-130 or 50/100/200 1/20-1/3 @ 130 VDC
C4XL3025 115/230 3.0 1.05 N/A
0-240 (1 Amp) or 1/8-1/2 @ 240 VDC
0-130 or 50/100/200 1/4 - 1 @ 130 VDC or
C4XL3200A 115/230 10.0 1.05 0 - 120%
0-240 (1 Amp) 1/4 - 2 @ 240 VDC
Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz

C4XL Series C4XL Dimensions

6.90 [175]
6.30 [159] 1.37 [35]

Typical Applications
10.22 [259] 9.75 [247]
n Medical Equipment 7.00 [177]

n Centrifuges
n Food Processing
n Packaging Equipment Four mounting slots 0.19 [5] wide
C4XL3200A n Specialty Equipment
5.79 [146]
4.69 [119]
Minarik’s C4XL Series of filtered pulse-width-modulated (PWM) variable 1.45 [37] 2.31 [58]

speed DC drives provide exceptional performance. The C4XL Series of dri-

0.12 [3]
ves, housed within a NEMA 4X enclosure, guarantees protection from wash- C4XL3200A 1.50 [38] 1.50 [38]

down, corrosive material, windblown dust, incidental contact with enclosed

6.90 [175]
equipment, or unwanted external solid objects. They output nearly pure DC 0.91 [23]
power to brush-type motors ranging from 1/20 to 2 Hp. The drives accept
115 or 230 VAC input to output 0 to 130 or 240 VDC, respectively; which
results in higher speeds from standard 90 or 180 VDC SCR duty motors. This 7.78 [198]
8.20 [207]
innovative technology lets users operate many low voltage motors with only 6.00 [152]

minor calibration adjustments.

MOSFET power devices switch at 22 kHz, which is above the audible range, Four mounting slots 0.19 [5] wide
to provide a fast circuit response and a constant 1.05 form factor over the
entire 100:1 speed range. These highly-efficient drives provide cool, quiet
4.43 [112]
3.29 [83]
motor operation with extended brush life and low maintenance. In addition,
1.92 [49]
they can operate smaller size, lower voltage motors to provide both cost and
0.13 [3] 2.50 [63]
space savings.
C4XL3025A
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 48.

24 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/20 to 2 Hp
SCR DC Regen
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n 4Q reversing: Regenerative/4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform quick, contactorless, reversing on-the-fly!

REGENERATIVE DRIVES
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 50:1 speed range. 0.1% regulation over 60:1 speed range with the
addition of a tachometer for feedback.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, forward torque, reverse torque, tachometer, min speed, max
C
speed, forward acceleration, reverse acceleration and deadband.
n Stopping modes: User can decelerate (N.O.), regeneratively brake (N.O.) or coast the motor to a stop (N.O.). User can
also decelerate to min speed (N.O.).
n Cage clamp terminal block: Quick and easy wire terminations.
n On board fusing: No need to add external fusing for protection of your motor or drive.
n Additional features: Dual voltage AC input, switch selectable armature or tachometer feedback mode and field supply for
shunt wound motors.
n Options and Accessories: “-PCM” option adds Burr Brown isolation, 201-0024 inhibit plug for regenerative brake option,
and 200-0386 limit switch logic board.

R G 5 0 0 U A S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Field Supply Max Output Form
Models Hp Rating
(VAC) Voltage (VDC) (VDC) Current (ADC) Factor
0 - 90 or 50/100/200 1/20 - 1/8 @ 90 VDC
RG510UA 115/230 3.0 1.37
0 - 180 (1 Amp) or 1/8 - 1/4 @ 180 VDC
0 - 90 or 50/100/200 1/4 - 1 @ 90 VDC or
RG500UA 115/230 10.0* 1.37 1/2 - 2 @180 VDC
0 - 180 (1 Amp)
*Needs heatsink model number 223 - 0235 above 7 amps. Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

RG500UA Dimensions RG500UA Series

Typical Applications
n Conveyors
n Positioners
8.90 [226]
n Stretch Wrap
8.38 [213]
n Machinery RG500UA
n Web Tensioning
n Winders
n Cranes and Hoists

3.53 [90]

4.75 [120] Minarik’s RG500 Series consists of full-wave, four-quadrant regenerative

SCR drives to provide smooth motoring and braking torque for brush-type
DC motors. Use the RG510UA to control motors from 1/20 through 1/4
1.86 [47] Hp, or the RG500UA from 1/4 through 2 Hp, for single or bi-directional
0.92 [23]
variable speed, without using mechanical contactors.

All dimensions in inches [millimeters] Slide switches allow the RG500UA and RG510UA drives to accept a 115
For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 48. or 230 VAC input to run 90 or 180 VDC motors. The tach feedback
mode virtually guarantees constant set speed under varying load.
Applications with overhauling loads, rapid deceleration, basic positioning,
and high duty cycle reversing and braking benefit from these versatile
regenerative drives.

RG with PCM Isolation Option, see page 90.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

25
 2 to 5 Hp
Isolated SCR DC Regen
FEATURES & BENEFITS
REGENERATIVE DRIVES

n Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded signals of -250 to +250 VDC, -25 to +25 VDC, 1-5mA, 4-20mA or 10-
50mA. Burr-Brown isolation has .01% linearity.
C n 4Q reversing: Regenerative/4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform quick, contactorless reversing on-the-fly!
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 50:1 speed range. 0.1% regulation over 60:1 speed range with the
addition of a tachometer. Armature or tachometer mode is switch selectable.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed, max speed, forward acceleration, reverse acceleration,
forward torque, reverse torque, deadband, input adjust (for speed reference input) and tachometer.
n Stopping Modes: Coast to a stop (N.O.) or regenerative brake N.O. (use 201-0024 plug with 18” leads), decelerate to
zero speed (N.O.).
n Cage clamp terminal block: Quick and easy wire terminations reduce installation time!
n Additional features: Dual voltage AC input and on-board fusing.

R G 5 5 0 0 U S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Max. Output Form Field Supply
Models Hp Rating
(VAC) (VDC) Current (ADC) Factor (VDC)

0-90 or 0-180 1.37 2-2.5 @ 90 VDC 50/100/200

RG5500U 115/230 25 cont.
or 3 - 5 @ 180 VDC (3 Amp)

RG5500U
Typical Applications
n Conveyors
n Printing Presses
n Textile Machinery Minarik’s RG5500U drive is a of full-wave, four
n Packaging Machinery quadrant regenerative drive which provides
n Take-up Rolls smooth motoring and braking torque for SCR
n Cranes and Hoists brush-type DC motors. The RG5500U controls
RG5500U
motors from 2 through 5 Hp for single or bi-
directional variable speed.
RG5500U Dimensions
Applications with overhauling loads, rapid
deceleration, basic positioning, and high duty
cycle reversing and braking benefit from these
versatile regenerative drives.

Slide switches allow the RG5500U to accept

115 or 230 VAC input to run 90 or 180 VDC
motors. If you require better than 1% (armature
8.00
mode) or .1% (tachometer mode) speed regula-
12.13
2.60
[203]
8.00 [203] [308] tion, then you can use the DLC600 digital con-
0.12
[66]
[3] troller to get .01% speed regulation of set
P501
P502

speed!
6.89
0.19
T501

[175]
T502 [5] The RG5500U is excellent for leader/follower
2.06 [52]
applications as well. It accepts almost any exter-
2.06 [52]
FEEDBACK ARMATURE
nal signal input (see above).

6.30 [160] The RG5500U drive is your answer for a full-

featured regenerative drive requirement!

26 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 N
E
W
1/8 to 2 Hp
SCR DC Regen
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n MM footprint: Extremely compact size with an industry standard mounting footprint.

REGENERATIVE DRIVES
n 4Q reversing: Regenerative/4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform quick, contactorless, reversing on-the-fly!
n Speed range and regulation: 2% regulation over 50:1 speed range. 0.5% over 60:1 speed range with the addition of a
tachometer for feedback.
C
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, max speed, min speed, forward acceleration, reverse acceleration,
forward torque, reverse torque, tachometer and deadband.
n Diagnostic LEDs: Power, forward current limit, reverse current limit.
n Stopping modes: The user can decelerate (N.O.), regeneratively brake (N.O.) or coast the motor to a stop (N.O. and N.C.)
n Configurable enable and inhibit: Can be configured to be either normally open or normally closed.
n -PCM Option: Isolation daughter card. Accepts non-isolated speed reference voltages between -10V and +10V.
n -T Option: Speed/torque adder card. Torque or speed control for both forward and reverse directions.
n Additional features: Tachometer feedback, gold extruded chassis and plastic capped trimmer pots.
R G 6 0 U S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Max. Output
Models Form Factor Hp Rating
(VAC) (VDC) Current (ADC)
RG60U without heatsink 5 1/8 - 1/2 @90VDC
1/4 - 1 @ 180VDC
115/230 0-90/0-180 1.37
RG60U with heatsink 10* 1/8 - 1@90VDC
1/4 - 2 @ 180VDC
*Requires heatsink 223-0159 above 5A. Drives operate from 50/60Hz.

Minarik's RG60U is a compact, full-featured regen

drive. Standard features include a choice of tachome-
ter or armature feedback, nine trimmer pots including RG60U Series
forward and reverse independent adjustments for
acceleration and torque, cage clamp and plug-in ter-
Typical Applications
minal blocks for secure and easy connections and cur-
rent limit LEDs. A unique feature on the RG60U is the n Packaging
ability to choose the enable and inhibit terminals to n Textile
operate either 'normally open' or 'normally closed'. n Printing
n Wrapping
The RG60U has two additional options available. The
n Sorting
RG60U-PCM comes with isolation so that any +-
n Sealing
10VDC reference signal can be used. The RG60U-T RG60U
comes with the ability to select torque or speed con-
trol. Torque control is useful in many web tensioning
and winder applications.

Robust SCR technology with regenerative capability

makes the RG60U especially ideal for high duty cycle
and reversing applications.

RG60U Dimensions

ARMATURE FEEDBACK
90-180 ARM-TACH
SW504

SW503

FWD
ACC C502

REV
C504

2.10 [53]
JP502

IC504

C503
L2 INVERT IC501
INHIBIT A1
IR
COMP INVERT
ENABLE
C501 IC502
1.96 [50] 0.19 [5]
3.70 [94] IC503
TB503

L1 REV
TQ A2 0.19 [5]
LIMIT
1.66 [42]
Y501

FWD REV
INHIBIT

FWD
GND TQ
TB502

2.55 [65] DB
IL501 IL502

IL503
POWER
TACH 3.80 [97]
+15V
-15V
RB1
RB2

S3
S2
S1
S0
T2
T1

0.80 [20] 4.30 [109]

0.71 [18]
TB501

T501

For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 48.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com
27
 1/20 to 2 Hp
SCR DC Regen

FEATURES & BENEFITS

REGENERATIVE DRIVES

n MM footprint: Extremely compact size with an industry standard mounting footprint.

4Q reversing: Regenerative/4 Quadrant drives have the ability to perform quick, contactorless reversing on-the-fly!
C n

n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 50:1 speed range.

n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, max speed, forward current limit, reverse current limit and
forward acceleration (reverse deceleration), reverse acceleration (forward deceleration).
n Stopping modes: The user can decelerate (N.O.), regeneratively brake (N.O.), or coast motor to a stop (N.C.).
n Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost, and able to fit in a smaller package.
n Options and accessories: 201-0024 inhibit plug with 18” leads for regenerative brake option and 200-0386 limit switch
logic board.
n -PCM option: Add a “-PCM” to the end of the part number to receive the drive with an isolation transformer daughter
card. Drive will then be able to follow a -10 to +10V signal for variable speed control.

M M R G S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Output Current Peak Current Form
Models Hp Rating
(AC/DC) (VDC) (amps) (amps) Factor
MMRG31U 115 90 3 5 1.37 1/20 - 1/8
MMRG30U 115 90 10* 15 1.37 1/8 - 1

MMRG40U 230 180 10* 15 1.37 1/4 - 2

*Requires 223 - 0159 heat sink above 5 amps. Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

MMRG Series
The MMRG Series, is one of the smallest full-wave four-
quadrant drives on the market today. These full-featured,
compact drives match brush-type DC motors ranging
from 1/20 to 2 Hp.
Typical Applications
The MMRG Series provides all the performance of a full
n Door Controls size, four quadrant, regenerative variable speed drive
n Packaging Machines and has our popular MM23001 footprint (3.72” x
n Indexing 4.42”). This drive will maintain motor speed with
MMRG31U smooth motoring and braking torque, and allow high-
n Elevated Conveyors
n Web Tensioning duty cycle reversing and braking. It has an adjustable
current limit, 1% of base speed regulation, and can reg-
ulate within a 50:1 speed range (open loop).

MMRG Dimensions

2.87 [73] 6.90 [175]

6.30 [160]
0.96 [24] 5.90 [150]
3.87 [98]
4.30 [109]
1.00 [25] 0.13
4.42 [112]
[3]
4.40 3.70
0.99 [25] [112] [94]
0.70
3.72
[18]
[94] 1.75
[44]

With heatsink 223-0159 All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 48.

28 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/20 to 2 Hp
SCR DC Regen
FEATURES & BENEFITS

n MM footprint: Extremely compact size with an industry standard mounting footprint.

REGENERATIVE DRIVES
n 4Q reversing: Regenerative/4 Quadrant drives have the ability to perform quick, contactorless reversing on-the-fly!
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 50:1 speed range. 0.1% regulation over 60:1 speed range with the C
addition of a tachometer for feedback.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed, max speed, forward and reverse current limit, forward
and reverse acceleration, and tachometer.
n Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for forward and reverse direction, power, forward and reverse current limit status.
n Stopping modes: User can regeneratively decelerate (N.O.), regeneratively brake (N.O.) or coast the motor to a stop (N.C.).
n Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost, and able to fit in a smaller package.
n Additional features: Dual voltage AC input, switch selectable armature or tachometer feedback mode and automatic
deadband compensation for 50 or 60Hz power.
n -PCM option: Add a “-PCM” to the end of the part number to receive the drive with an isolation transformer daughter
card. See Adder Boards under Drives Accessories for details.
M M R G D S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s

Models AC Line Voltage Output Voltage (VDC) Form Factor Hp Rating

1/20 - 1/8 @ 90 VDC

MMRGD03-D230AC
0-90 or 1/10 - 1/4 @ 180 VDC
115/230 VAC 1.37
0-180 1/8 - 1 @ 90 VDC
MMRGD10-D230AC
1/2 - 2 @ 180 VDC
*Requires 223 - 0159 heat sink above 5 amps. Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

MMRGD Series

MMRGD Dimensions Typical Applications

n Conveyors
n Positioners
0.99 [25] n Stretch Machinery
n Web Tensioning MMRGD03-D230AC
3.72 [94] n Cranes and Hoists
1.75 [44]
n Winders

Minarik’s MMRGD Series is one of the smallest full-wave, full-featured

regenerative digital DC drives on the market. The dual voltage (115
or 230 VAC) MMRGD not only brakes and reverses DC brush motors
on the fly, but is also in the industry standard MM footprint (3.72" x
4.42").

2.87 [73] The -PCM option can accept grounded or floating inputs. If only a
unipolar signal is available, there is a terminal input for reversing
0.96 [24]
direction by contact closure.

4.30 [109] The MMRGD is compatible with our DLC600 digital controller if
4.42 [112] tighter regulation of a unidirectional set speed is required. Contact
factory for connection diagram.
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
For applications that use limit switches, the use of the 200-0386A limit
For drives with heat sink dimensions, contact Minarik or switch logic board with the MMRGD may be a good choice!
download manuals from the web at www.minarikdrives.com.
For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 48.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

29
 1/20 to 2 Hp
SCR DC Regen

FEATURES & BENEFITS

REGENERATIVE DRIVES

n Low cost regenerative drive: Designed for OEM applications.

4Q reversing: Regenerative/4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform quick, contactorless reversing on-the-fly!
C n

n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 60:1 speed range.

n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, maximum speed, acceleration/deceleration, forward torque and
reverse torque.
n Stopping modes: User can decelerate (N.O.), regeneratively brake (N.O.) or coast the motor to a stop (N.C.).
n Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost, and able to fit in a smaller package.
n Options and accessories: 201-0024 inhibit plug with 18” leads for regenerative brake or coast option, 200-0386 limit
switch logic board and PCM4 signal isolator.
n Optional Burr Brown isolation: Isolation daughter card can be added by including a “-PCM” at the end of the part
number. See Adder Boards under drive accessories for details.

R G T S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Output Current Peak Current Form
Models Hp Rating
(VAC) (VDC) (amps) (amps) Factor
RGT310U 115 0 - 90 3 5 1.37 1/20 - 1/8

RGT300U 115 0 - 90 10* 15 1.37 1/4 - 1

RGT400U 230 0 - 180 10* 15 1.37 1/2 - 2

*Use heatsink 223 - 0235 when armature current is above 7ADC. Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

RGT Series
RGT Dimensions
Typical Applications
n Conveyors
n Packaging Machines
n Indexing
n Web Tensioning
RGT300U n Door Controls

Minarik, the leader in regenerative drive technology expands its

product line with the addition of the RGT Series. These full-wave,
four quadrant SCR regenerative drives contain many of the features
of our popular RG Series, but are built with the high-volume cost-
conscious customer in mind. The “T” stands for “trimmed” because
we eliminated features that are not necessary for streamlined appli-
cations and high-volume.

RGT drives are compatible with brush-type DC motors from 1/20 to

2 Hp. If low-cost with basic features is what your application
requires, the RGT is your regen.
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

For drives with heat sink dimensions, contact Minarik or

download manuals from the web at www.minarikdrives.com.
For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 48.

30 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/8 to 1/2 Hp
Half Wave SCR DC Regen

FEATURES & BENEFITS

REGENERATIVE DRIVES
n 4Q reversing: Regenerative/4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform quick, contactorless reversing on-the-fly!
n MM footprint (RG25U only): An extremely compact size in an industry standard mounting footprint. C
n Speed range and regulation: 3% regulation over 50:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, max speed, forward torque, reverse torque and deadband.
n Stopping modes: Regenerative braking (N.O.).
n Screw terminal block (RG51UA) and spade terminals (RG25U): Easy to terminate wires.

R G S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Max. Output Form
Models Hp Rating
(AC) (VDC) Current (ADC) Factor
RG25U 115 60-75 5 1.77 1/8 – 1/2

RG51UA 115 60-75 5 1.77 1/8 – 1/2

Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

Regenerative drives, like Minarik’s RG25U and

RG Series
RG51UA, control brush-type DC motors for applications
that require bi-directional variable speed and smooth
motoring or braking torque in either direction of rota- Typical Applications
tion. The RG25U and RG51UA are ideal for OEMs: n Conveyors
These half-wave SCR drives deliver 1/8 through 1/2 Hp. n Textile Machinery
The compact size and low-cost distinguish them from n Printing Machinery
other regenerative drives on the market. The RG25U n Packaging Machinery
drive uses the same chassis as our popular single-quad- n Door Openers
rant SCR drive, the MM23001C. It is one of the smallest RG25U
1/2 Hp Regens on the market.

Applications with overhauling loads, rapid deceleration,

basic positioning, reversing and braking benefit from
these versatile regenerative drives. These drives are ideal
for low duty cycle applications.

RG Dimensions

7.50 [191]
RG51UA dimensions
0.19 [5] 0.38 [10]
7.00 [178]

3.58 [91] 1.75

[44] 0.74 [19] 3.50 [89]
0.74 [19] 4.25 [108]
RG25U dimensions
0.25 [6]
4.30 [109] 1.50 [39]

MOUNTING SLOT (4) 0.19 [5] WIDE

1.73 [44]
1.28 [32] 0.96 [24]

All dimensions in inches [millimeters].

For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 48.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

31
 1/20 to 1.5 Hp
PWM DC Regen
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n 4Q reversing: Regenerative/4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform quick, contactorless reversing on-the-fly!
REGENERATIVE DRIVES

n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 100:1 speed range. 0.1% regulation over 100:1 speed range with
C the addition of a tachometer for feedback. Armature or tachometer mode is switch selectable.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, motor torque, regen torque, tachometer, min speed offset,
forward max speed, reverse max speed, forward acceleration, reverse acceleration and inhibit offset.
n Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for motoring, regen (torque or braking), current limit and overvoltage coast.
n Stopping modes: User can decelerate (N.O.), regeneratively brake (N.O.) or coast the motor to a stop (N.O.).
n Cage clamp terminal block: Quick and easy wire terminations.
n Inhibit personality switch: Choose whether you brake or coast to a stop. Use inhibit plug (201-0024).
n Auto-ranging power supply: Can accept a 90-240VAC or 80-340VDC as an alternative to an AC input. Connection will
vary.
N R G - 4 Q S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage Max. Output Form
Models Hp Rating
(VAC) (VDC) Current (ADC) Factor
NRG02-D240AC-4Q 90-240 0-130/0-240 2 1.05 1/20 - 1/4 @ 130 VDC or 1/10 - 1/2 @ 240 VDC

NRG05-D240AC-4Q 90-240 0-130/0-240 5 1.05 1/8 - 3/4 @ 130 VDC or 1/4 - 1.5 @ 240 VDC

NRG10-115AC-4Q 90-120 0-130 10 1.05 1/4 - 1.5 @130 VDC

*Some applications may require shunt resistor. Please consult factory for sizing information. Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

NRG-4Q Series
NRG Dimensions

Typical Applications

n Conveyors
n Packaging Machines
n Indexing
NRG02-D240AC-4Q
n Web Tensioning
n Door Controls

The NRG-4Q Series, with a robust set of features, is easy to use and at
the same time, will satisfy demanding application requirements. In addi-
tion to on-board fusing to protect your motor and drive, the NRG will
accept any AC input voltage between 90 and 240 VAC at 50 or 60Hz.
With the auto-ranging power supply there are no switches to set, no set-
tings to change.

These highly efficient, near unity form factor PWM regenerative drives will
increase motor performance while reducing your energy costs. MOSFET
power in PWM drives switch at 16kHz, to provide fast circuit response and
the constant 1.05 (pure DC is 1.00) form factor throughout the entire
100:1 speed range.

The NRG-4Q will work with isolated logic signals, motion controllers, and
programmable logic controllers. It is also compatible with Minarik’s pop-
ular PCM4 signal isolator DLC600 digital controller and 200-0386A
limit switch logic board. Contact factory for connections. All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 48.

32 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/20 to 1.5 Hp
PWM DC Regen
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n 2Q operation: Unidirectional operation with reverse torque capability for braking or combating over-hauling loads.

REGENERATIVE DRIVES
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 100:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed, max speed, accel, decel, forward current limit, and
C
brake current limit.
n Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power, motoring, and regen (torque or braking).
n Stopping modes: User can decelerate (N.O.), regeneratively brake (N.O.) or coast the motor to a stop (N.O.).
n Inhibit personality switch: Choose whether you brake or coast to a stop. Order inhibit plug with 18” leads
(201-0024) to use inhibit.
n Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost, and able to fit in a smaller package.
n Auto-ranging power supply: Can accept 90-240VAC or an 80-340 VDC input. Connections will vary.
N R G 2 Q S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input VoltageOutput Voltage
Output Voltage Max.
Max. Output
Output Form
Models
Models Hp Rating Height (A)
(AC/DC) (VDC)
(VDC) Current
Current (ADC)
(ADC) Factor
NRG02-D240AC-2Q 90-240 0–130/0–240 2 1.05 1/20 – 1/4 or 1/10 – 1/2 2.62”

NRG05-D240AC-2Q 90-240 0–130/0–240 5 1.05 1/8 – 3/4 or 1/4 – 1.5 2.62”

NRG10-115AC-2Q 90-120 0-130 10 1.05 1/4 - 1.5 2.43”

*Some applications may require shunt resistor. Please consult factory for sizing information. Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

NRG-2Q Series
NRG Dimensions

Typical Applications

n Elevated Conveying
n Printing
n Exercise Equipment
n Film Processing NRG-2Q
n Winding Machinery

The NRG-2Q Series, is easy to use, and at the same time, will sat-
isfy demanding application requirements. In addition to on-board
fusing to protect your motor and drive, the NRG will accept any AC
input voltage between 90 and 240 VAC at 50 or 60Hz. With an
auto-ranging power supply there are no switches to set, no settings
to change. The NRG-2Q will also accept any DC voltage between
80 and 340 VDC (consult factory for other input voltages).

These highly efficient, near unity form factor PWM regenerative dri-
ves will increase motor performance while reducing your energy
costs. MOSFET power in PWM drives switch at 16kHz, to provide
fast circuit response and the constant 1.05 (pure DC is 1.00) form
factor throughout the entire 100:1 speed range.
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]. See table above for height “A”
The NRG-2Q will work with isolated logic signals, motion con-
trollers, and programmable logic controllers. It is also compatible
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
with Minarik’s popular PCM4 signal isolator and DLC600 digital
controller. Contact factory for connections.
For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 48.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

33
 1/20 to 2 Hp
SCR DC Regen NEMA 4X

FEATURES & BENEFITS

REGENERATIVE DRIVES

n NEMA 4X enclosure: Rugged metal enclosure protects against dirt, water and corrosive agents.

C n 4Q reversing: Regenerative/4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform quick contactorless reversing on-the-fly!
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 50:1 speed range. 0.1% regulation over 60:1 speed range
with the addition of a tachometer for feedback. Armature or tachometer mode is switch selectable.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, forward torque, reverse torque, tachometer, min speed,
max speed, forward acceleration, reverse acceleration and deadband.
n Diagnostic LEDs: Power On light on front of enclosure.
n Stopping modes: User can regeneratively brake (run/brake), coast the motor (power on/off switch), or
decelerate to a stop (N.O.). User can also decelerate to min speed (N.C.).
n Screw terminal block: Easy and secure wire terminations.
n On board fusing: No need to add external fusing for protection of your drive.

R G 5 0 0 A S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Field Supply Max Output Form
Models Hp Rating
(VAC) Voltage (VDC) (VDC) Current (ADC) Factor
0-90 or 50/100/200 1/20 - 1/8 @ 90 VDC or
RG510A 115/230 3.0 1.37
0-180 (1 Amp) 1/10 - 1/4 @ 180 VDC
0-90 or 50/100/200 1/4 - 1 @ 90 VDC or
RG500A 115/230 10.0 1.37
0-180 (1 Amp) 1/2 - 2 @180 VDC
Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

RG500A Series RG500A Dimensions

6.90 [175]
Typical Applications
6.30 [160]

n Conveyors
1.40 [36]
n Cranes and Hoists
n Extruders
n Indexing Tables
n Packaging Machinery
RG500A 10.20
n Feeders [259]
9.80 [249]

Minarik’s RG500A Series consists of full-wave, four-quadrant regenerative

SCR drives in a NEMA 4X enclosure to provide smooth motoring and braking
torque for brush-type DC motors. Mounted operators include power on/off
switch, speed potentiometer and reverse/brake/forward switch. These drives
are ideal in applications requiring protection from washdown, splashing liq-
uids, corrosive material, windblown dust, incidental contact with enclosed
equipment, or any external solid objects.

Slide switches allow the RG500A and RG510A drives to accept a 115 or 230
VAC input to run 90 or 180 VDC motors. A field supply is also provided for
5.50[140]
shunt-wound motors. The switch selectable tachometer feedback mode virtu-
ally guarantees constant set speed under varying load. 4.78 [121]
1.45
[37]
2.30 [56]
The RG is compatible with the PCM4 signal isolator, the DLC digital controller 0.12
[3]
and the 200-0386A limit switch logic board.
1.50 [38] 1.50 [38]
Applications with overhauling loads, rapid deceleration, basic positioning,
Three 0.88 [22] knockouts
and high duty cycle reversing and braking benefit from these versatile regen-
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
erative drives.
For matching DC motors , see pages 37 to 48.
34 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com
 1/20 to 2 Hp
SCR DC Regen NEMA 4X
FEATURES & BENEFITS

NEMA 4X enclosure: Rugged metal enclosure protects against dirt, water and corrosive agents.

REGENERATIVE DRIVES
n

n 4Q reversing: Regenerative/4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform quick, contactorless, reversing on-the-fly!
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 50:1 speed range. 0.1% regulation over 60:1 speed range with the
C
addition of a tachometer for feedback. Armature or tachometer mode is switch selectable.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, forward torque, reverse torque, tachometer, min speed, max speed,
forward acceleration, reverse acceleration, deadband, forward jog, reverse jog, and dwell time (for limit switch mode).
n Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for jog, forward, reverse, and stop.
n Stopping modes: User can regeneratively brake (stop PB), coast the motor (power off switch), or decelerate to a stop
(N.O.). User can also decelerate to min speed (N.C.).
n Cage clamp and screw terminal block: Quick, secure and easy wire terminations.
n On board fusing: No need to add external fusing for protection of your drive.

R G 5 0 0 A S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Field Supply Max Output Form
Models Hp Rating
(VAC) Voltage (VDC) (VDC) Current (ADC) Factor
0-90 or 50/100/200 1/20 - 1/8 @ 90 VDC or
RG511A 115/230 3.0 1.37
0-180 (1 Amp) 1/10 - 1/4 @180 VDC
0-90 or 50/100/200 1/4 - 1 @ 90 VDC or
RG501A 115/230 10.0 1.37
0-180 (1 Amp) 1/2 - 2 @180 VDC
Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

RG500A Dimensions RG500A Series

6.90 [175]

6.30 [160]
Typical Applications
1.40
[36] n Packaging
n Conveyors
n Mixing
n Robotics
10.20 [259] n Food Processing
n Material Handling RG501A
9.80 [249]

The RG501A/RG511A are dual voltage full-featured regen drives with a field
supply in a rugged enclosure. These high performance drives maintain motor
speed with automatic motoring and braking torque, while allowing high-duty
cycle reversing and braking.

The RG501A/RG511A have conveniently mounted operators. Included are a

All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
power on/off switch and separate forward and reverse speed potentiometers
so independent speeds for each direction are easily set. Controlling the motor
is easy too, by pressing a button on the membrane panel for stop, run, reverse,
5.50[140] or jog (jog speed is adjustable). The user can also wire in remote pushbuttons
4.78 [121] 1.45 in conjunction with the on-board buttons.
[37]
2.30 [56] Included and wired into the RG501A/RG511A package is our limit switch
0.12 logic board (200-0386A). This mini-PLC can operate in one of nine modes
[3]
1.50 [38]
between limit switches including continuous cycling, single cycle, dwell and
1.50 [38]
more–including adjustable stop and dwell times!
Three 0.88 [22] knockouts
The high performance, versatile RG can be used in conjunction with our PCM4
signal isolator.
For matching DC motors , see pages 37 to 48.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

35
 1/20 to 2 Hp
SCR DC Regen NEMA 1

FEATURES & BENEFITS

REGENERATIVE DRIVES

n NEMA 1 enclosure: Metal enclosure for indoor use protects against dirt, dust and bodily contact.

C n 4Q reversing: Regenerative/4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform quick, contactorless reversing-on-the-fly!
n Speed range and regulation: 1% regulation over 50:1 speed range. 0.1% regulation over 60:1 speed range with the addition
of a tachometer for feedback. Armature or tachometer feedback mode is switch selectable.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, min speed, max speed, forward and reverse torque, forward and reverse
acceleration, and tachometer.
n Diagnostic LEDs: Power On light on front of enclosure. LEDs inside cover for power, forward and reverse direction, and forward
and reverse current limit.
n Stopping modes: User can regeneratively brake (run/brake switch), coast the motor to a stop (power on/off switch) or
decelerate to zero via internal jumper.

C 1 R G D S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s

Models Output Voltage Cont. Output

AC Line Voltage Form Factor Hp Rating
(VDC) Current (ADC)
1/20 - 1/8 @ 90 VDC
C1RGD03-D230AC 3
0-90 or 1/10 - 1/4 @ 180 VDC
115/230 VAC 1.37
0-180 1/8 - 1 @ 90 VDC
C1RGD10-D230AC* 10
1/2 - 2 @ 180 VDC
*Needs heatsink model number 223 - 0174 above 5 amps. Drives operate from 50 - 60 Hz.

C1RGD Series
C1RGD Dimensions

Typical Applications 6.00 [152]

n Conveyors
n Positioners
n Stretch Machinery
n Web Tensioning
C1RGD03-D230AC n Cranes and Hoists
8.00 [203]
n Winders

Minarik’s C1RGD Series is our low-cost solution for NEMA 1 reversing and
regenerative applications. The dual AC input voltage C1RGD not only brakes
and reverses brush motors on the fly, but also has more features than any other
regenerative drive we have manufactured before.

The C1RGD has the following operators conveniently mounted to the front
panel: power on/off switch, run/brake switch, forward/reverse switch and
speed potentiometer. 3.46 [88]
2.75 [70]
Calibrating the C1RGD is easy with the on-board trimmer pots. The deadband
setting is automatically compensated for whether 50 or 60Hz power is used.

Some additional options are the PCM4 to add isolation, the DLC600 for dig- 1.72 [44]
2.50 [64]
ital control, or the 200-0386A for limit switch control.
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

If the application demands high performance in a NEMA 1 enclosure, the For matching DC motors, see pages 37 to 48.
C1RGD is the answer.

36 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 DC Motors
Descriptions

Direct current motors are machines which produce shaft speed and torque by converting electrical power into rotating power.
The speed of the motor is determined by the supply voltage and the torque is produced as a result of the current interaction with

DC MOTORS
a magnetic field. The magnetic field can be produced with either electro-magnets or permanent magnets.

There are many DC motors that utilize variations of both styles. “Commutation” constantly changes the position of the rotor field
in relation to the stator field to maintain the maximum amount of available force or torque that the motor can produce. To
improve performance and reduce size, replace the wound field with permanent magnets. Another key advantage to the perma-
D
nent magnet style, which has a constant magnetic field, is the linear relationship between speed and torque.

Minarik offers a wide variety of drives to properly control these machines, as well as motors to solve any motion control need.
Once you have selected a motor based on your performance needs located on pages 38-40, match the compatibility of your
motor with your Minarik drive on pages 41-44.

N E M A F r a m e SCR & PWM DC Permanent Magnet Motors

n Low profile space-saving design.

n Large over-sized brushes assure longer brush life.
n Heavy-duty, stamped steel, bolt-on base (removable).
n Rugged die cast aluminum endshields with cast iron bearing inserts.
n Permanently lubricated sealed ball bearings.
Page 38

I n - l i n e S h a f t DC Permanent Magnet Gearmotors

n 1st stage steel, balance heat treated powdered metal gearing.

n Precision machined die cast aluminum housing.
n Lifetime oil bath, sealed and gasketed.
n Hardened steel shaft.
n Face mounting, any angle.
Page 39

R i g h t A n g l e DC Permanent Magnet Gearmotors

n Suitable for horizontal or vertical mounting.

n Reversible.
n Baked enamel finish.
n Bronze gears.
Page 40

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

37
 Non-Geared DC Motors
DC MOTORS

D FEATURES & BENEFITS

n Low profile space-saving design.

n Large oversized brushes assure longer life.
n Heavy-duty, stamped steel, bolt-on base (removable).
n Permanently lubricated double shielded ball bearings.
n Capable of dynamic braking for faster stops.
n Permanent magnet brush DC motors.
n Framed motors designed to operate with
SCR or PWM drives powered by 115 VAC or 230 VAC input.

Select the motor which best matches your performance needs. Then check
the compatibility of that motor with your Minarik drive on page 41.

Motor Performance Data

Motor Motor Shaft Continuous Speed Terminal Rated Current
Part Power Speed Torque Reduction Voltage (cont.) NEMA
Number [Hp] [RPM] [in-lbs] [ratio:1] [VDC] [Amps]
506-07-027 1/4 1750 9 NA 90* 2.50 LSS56C
506-07-028 1/3 1750 12 NA 90* 3.50 MSS56C
506-07-029 1/2 1750 18 NA 90* 5.00 NSS56C
506-07-038 1/2 2500 12 NA 90* 5.00 LSS56C
506-37-029 1/2 1750 18 NA 180** 2.5 NSS56C
506-36-038 1/2 2500 12 NA 180** 2.50 56C
506-07-030 3/4 1800 27 NA 90 7.6 VS556C
506-37-035 3/4 1750 27 NA 180** 3.80 56C
506-36-039 3/4 2500 17 NA 180** 3.80 56C
506-06-131 1 1750 36 NA 90* 10.0 WLS56C
506-07-040 1 2500 25 NA 90* 10 56C
506-36-131 1 1750 36 NA 180** 5.00 ZS56C
506-36-140 1 2500 25 NA 180** 5.00 XS56C
504-36-041B 1.5 1750 52 NA 180** 7.20 56C
504-36-042B 2 1750 72 NA 180** 10.00 56C
504-36-043B 3 1750 108 NA 180** 14.70 56C
*Motor windings rated for 130 VDC
**Motor windings rated for 240 VDC

38 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 In-Line DC Gearmotors

DC MOTORS
FEATURES & BENEFITS

n Precision machined die cast aluminum.

n Oil filled, sealed and gasketed gear boxes. D
n Hardened steel shaft.
n Permanent magnet brushed DC motors, TENV.
n Framed motors designed to operate with SCR or
PWM drives powered by 115 VAC or 230 VAC input.

Select the motor which best matches your perfor-

mance needs. Then check the compatibility of that
motor with your Minarik drive on pages 43-44.

Motor Part Motor Power Shaft Speed Cont. Torque Speed Reduction Terminal Voltage Rated Current
Number [Hp] [RPM] [in-lbs] [ratio:1] [VDC] (cont.) [Amps]
510-09-001 1/40 4 100 450 90* 0.46
510-09-009 1/20 5 353 336 90* 0.54
507-01-105 1/20 9 280 208 90* 0.50
510-09-002 1/20 10 100 180 90* 0.54
510-18-002 1/20 10 100 180 180** 0.31
510-09-011 1/20 18 150 103 90* 0.54
507-01-132 1/20 25 100 71.7 90* 0.55
510-09-014 1/20 34 82 52 90* 0.54
507-01-131 1/20 49 55 36.7 90* 0.60
510-09-016 1/20 51 55 35 90* 0.54
507-01-130 1/20 71 40 25.2 90* 0.60
510-09-019 1/20 109 27 16 90* 0.54
507-01-129 1/20 139 20 12.9 90* 0.60
507-01-128 1/20 185 15 9.7 90* 0.60
507-01-127 1/20 359 8 5 90* 0.60
510-09-003 1/17 20 100 90 90* 0.54
510-18-003 1/17 20 100 90 180** 0.31
510-09-004 1/17 30 100 60 90* 0.80
510-09-005 1/17 60 56 30 90* 0.80
510-09-006 1/17 100 36 18 90* 0.80
510-09-007 1/17 150 24 12 90** 0.80
510-18-007 1/17 150 24 12 180** 0.36
510-09-008 1/17 300 10 6 90* 0.80
510-18-008 1/17 300 10 6 180** 0.36
510-09-021 1/8 7 330 336 90* 0.70
510-18-021 1/8 7 330 336 180** 0.35
510-09-022 1/8 14 341 180 90* 1.00
507-01-110 1/8 24 273 81.8 90* 1.10
507-01-109 1/8 30 230 60.2 90* 1.25
510-09-013 1/8 31 220 58 90* 1.30
510-09-015 1/8 51 130 35 90* 1.30
510-09-017 1/8 61 113 29 90* 1.30
507-01-108 1/8 64 112 28.1 90* 1.25
510-09-018 1/8 94 77 19 90* 1.30
510-18-018 1/8 94 77 19 180** 0.66
507-01-107 1/8 95 76 19.1 90* 1.25
510-09-020 1/8 167 43 11 90* 1.30
507-01-106 1/8 170 42 10.6 90* 2.7
510-09-033 1/4 8 1087 212 90* 2.7
510-09-035 1/4 18 750 95 90* 2.7
510-18-023 1/4 21 371 124 180** 0.55
510-09-025 1/4 42 280 58 90* 2.30
510-18-025 1/4 42 280 58 180** 1.20
510-09-037 1/4 60 238 29 90* 2.7
510-18-027 1/4 62 220 43 180** 1.20
510-09-038 1/4 92 160 19 90* 2.7
510-09-029 1/4 125 100 23 90* 2.00
510-09-031 1/4 250 45 10 90* 2.00
510-09-032 1/4 500 25 5 90* 2.00
510-09-041 1/2 60 822 53 90* 5.0
510-09-043 1/2 135 476 29 90* 5.0
510-09-045 1/2 135 210 13 90* 5.0
*Motors windings rated for 130 VDC.
**Motor windings rated for 240 VDC.
Optional conduit box and gearmotor
mounting bracket shown on page 95.
Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com
39
 Right Angle DC Gearmotors
DC MOTORS

FEATURES & BENEFITS

D n Precision machined die cast aluminum

n Hardened steel, forged bronze worm gear
n Hardened steel shaft
n Motor base mount any style
n Framed motors designed to operate with
SCR or PWM drives powered by 115 VAC or 230 VAC input
n Permanent magnet brush DC motors, TENV

Select the motor which best matches your performance

needs. Then check the compatibility of that motor with
your Minarik drive on page 42.

Motor Performance Data

Motor Motor Shaft Continuous Speed Terminal Rated Current
Part Power Speed Torque Reduction Voltage (cont.)
Number [Hp] [RPM] [in-lbs] [ratio:1] [VDC] [Amps]
511-09-047 1/17 62 35 40 90* 0.68
511-09-048 1/17 125 20 20 90* 0.68
511-09-049 1/17 250 11 10 90* 0.68
507-02-140 1/15 30 68 60 90* 0.53
507-02-139 1/15 45 52 40 90* 0.53
507-02-138 1/15 59 41 30 90* 0.53
507-02-128 1/15 90 12 10 90* 0.53
507-02-136 1/15 115 26 15 90* 0.53
507-02-135 1/15 172 18 10 90* 0.53
511-18-051 1/12 42 30 60 180** 0.53
511-18-054 1/12 250 10 10 180** 0.53
507-02-125 1/8 40 88 45 90* 1.30
511-09-056 1/8 42 80 60 90* 1.40
507-02-126 1/8 60 72 30 90* 1.30
511-09-057 1/8 62 70 40 90* 1.40
511-18-057 1/8 62 70 40 180** 0.70
507-02-003 1/8 90 59 20 90* 1.30
511-09-058 1/8 125 45 20 90* 1.40
507-02-002 1/8 180 29 10 90* 1.30
511-18-059 1/8 250 25 10 180** 0.70
511-09-060 1/8 500 13 5 90* 1.40
511-09-061 1/4 62 135 40 90* 2.30
511-09-063 1/4 125 90 20 90* 2.30
511-09-064 1/4 250 50 10 90* 2.30
511-09-065 1/4 500 30 5 90* 2.30
*Motor windings rated for 130 VDC.
**Motor windings rated for 240VDC.
Optional conduit box and gearmotor mounting bracket shown on page 95.

40 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Non-Geared DC Motors
Compatibility Chart
Voltage DC 90 - 130 180 - 240
RATED HP 1/4 1/3 1/2 1/2 1 1 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1 1.5 2 3

504-36-041B

504-36-042B

504-36-043B
506-07-027

506-07-028

506-07-029

506-07-038

506-06-131

506-07-040

506-37-029

506-36-038

506-37-035

506-36-039

506-36-131

506-36-140
Motor
Minarik

MOTORS/DRIVES TABLES
Drives
C1RGD03-D 240AC X X X X X X
C1RGD10-D240AC X X X X X X X X X E
C1XP03-115AC-A X
C4XL3025A X X X X
C4XL3200A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
M1 X X X X H H
M2 X X X X H H
MC10 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MC10-R X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MC10-PCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM03115AC-PCM
MM10-115AC-PCM X X X X H H
MM03-230AC-PCM X X
MM10-230AC-PCM X X X X X X X X
MM21151C X
MM21251C X
MM23001C X X X X H H X X X X X X H H
MM23002D X X X X H H X X X X X X H H
MM23102D X X X X H H X X X X X X H H
MM23402D X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23101C X X X X X X X X X X H H
MM23201C X X X X X X X X X X X H H
MM23401C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM301U X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM501U X X X X X X
MMRG30U X X X X H H
MMRG40U X X X X X X H H
MMRGD03-D230AC X X X X X X
MMRGD10-D230AC X X X X X X X X X X
MMXL05-D240AC X X X X X X X X X X X X
MMXL10-D240AC H H X X X X H
NRG02-D240AC X X X
NRG02-D240AC-2Q X X X
NRG05-D240-2Q X X X X X X X X X X X X
NRG05-D240AC-4Q X X X X X X X X X X X X
NRG10-115AC-2Q X X X X X X
NRG10-115AC-4Q X X X X X X
PCM21000A X X X X H H
PCM23001A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PCMXP05-115AC X X X X
PCMXP10-115AC X X X X
RG500A X X X X X X X X X X X X
RG500UA X X X X H H X X X X X X H H
RG60U, RG60U-T X X X X H H X X X X X X X X
RGT300U X X X X H H
RGT400U X X X X X X X H
XL3025A X
XL3050A X X X X X X X X
XL3200A X X X X H H X X X X X X X X
XL3300A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
XP05-115AC X X X X
XP10-115AC
XP32-12/24DC X
XP03-115AC-SL X
X = Standard model H = Must be used with a heatsink S = Special configuration of a standard model (call for part #).

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

41
 Right Angle DC Gearmotors
Compatibility Chart

Voltage DC 90 - 130 180-240 90-130 180-240 90-130

RATED HP 1/17 1/15 1/12 1/8 1/8 1/4

507-02-002

507-02-003

507-02-126

511-09-056

511-09-057

511-09-058

511-18-057

511-18-059

511-09-061

511-09-063

511-09-064

511-09-065
511-09-047

511-09-048

511-09-049

507-02-128

507-02-135

507-02-136

507-02-138

507-02-139

507-02-140

511-18-051

511-18-054

511-09-060
Motor
MOTORS/DRIVES TABLES

Minarik Drives
C1RGD03-D 240AC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
C1RGD10-D 230AC X X X X X X X X X X X
E C1XP01-115AC-A
C1XP03-115AC-A
X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X
C4XL3025 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
C4XL3200A X X X X
M1 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
M2 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MC10 X X X X X X X X X X X
MC10-R X X X X X X X X X X X
MC10-PCM X X X X X X X X X X X
MM03-115AC-PCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM10-115AC-PCM X X X X X X X X X X X
MM03-230AC-PCM X X X X
MM10-230AC-PCM
MM21111A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM21151C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM21211A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM21251C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23001C X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23002D X X X X X X X X X X
MM23012D X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23112D X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23212D X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23412D X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23102D X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23402D X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23011C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23101C X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23201C X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23401C X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23411C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM301U X X X X
MM311U X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MMRG30U X X X X X X X X X X X
MMRG31U X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MMRGD03-D230AC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MMRGD10-D230AC X X X X X X X X X X X
MMXL02-D240AC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MMXL05-D240AC X X X X
NRG02-D240AC-2Q X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
NRG02-D240AC-4Q X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
NRG05-D240AC-2Q
NRG05-D240AC-4Q X X X X X X X X X X X
NRG10-115AC-2Q X X X X
NRG10-115AC-4Q X X X X
PCM21000A X X X X
PCM21010A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PCM23001A X X X X X X X X X X X
PCM23401A X X X X X X X X X X X
PCM23411A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PCMXP02-115AC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PCMXP05-115AC X X X X
RG500A X X X X
RG500UA X X X X
RG501A X X X X
RG510A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
RG510UA X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
RG511A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
RG60U, RG60U-T X X X X X X X X X X X
RGT300U X X X X
RGT310U X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
XL3025A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
XL3050A X X X X X X X X X X X
XL3200A X X X X
XL3300A X X X X
XP02-115AC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
XP02-115AC-Q X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
XP05-115AC X X X X
XP03-115AC-SL X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X = Standard model

42 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 In-Line DC Gearmotors
Compatibility Chart

Voltage DC 90 - 130
RATED HP 1/40 1/20 1/17 1/8

510-09-001

510-09-018

510-09-020

510-09-021

510-09-022
510-09-004

510-09-005

510-09-006

510-09-007

510-09-008

507-01-106

507-01-108

507-01-109

507-01-110

510-09-013

510-09-015

510-09-017
507-01-105

507-01-127

507-01-128

507-01-129

507-01-130

507-01-131

507-01-132

510-09-002

510-09-009

510-09-011

510-09-014

510-09-016

510-09-019

510-09-003

507-01-107
Motor
Minarik

MOTORS/DRIVES TABLES
Drives
C1RGD03-D 240AC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
C1RGD10-D 230AC X X X X X X X X X X X X
C1XP01-115AC-A
C1XP03-115AC-A
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X
E
C4XL3025 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

C4XL3200A
M1, M2 X X X X X X X X X X X X

MC10, MC10-R X X X X X X X X X X X X

MC10-PCM X X X X X X X X X X X X

MM03-115AC-PCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM10-115AC-PCM X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM03-230AC-PCM
MM10-230AC-PCM
MM21111A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM21151C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM21211A X X X XX X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM21251C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23001C X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23002D X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23012D X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23112D X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23212D X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23412D X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23102D X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23402D X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23011C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23101C X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23201C X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23401C X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23411C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM301U
MM311U X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MMRG30U X X X X X X X X X X X X
MMRG31U X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MMRGD03-D230AC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MMRGD10-D230AC X X X X X X X X X X X X
MMXL02-D240AC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MMXL05-D240AC
NRG02-D240AC-2Q X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
NRG02-D240AC-4Q X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
NRG05-D240AC-2Q X X X X X X X X X X X X
NRG05-D240AC-4Q X X X X X X X X X X X X
NRG10-115AC-2Q
NRG10-115AC-4Q
PCM21000A
PCM21010A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PCM23001A X X X X X X X X X X X X
PCM23401A X X X X X X X X X X X X
PCM23411A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PCMXP02-115AC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PCMXP05-115AC
RG500A
RG500UA
RG501A
RG510A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
RG510A
RG510UA X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
RG511A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
RG60U, RG60U-T X X X X X X X X X X X X
RGT300U
RGT310U X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
XL3025A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
XL3050A X X X X X X X X X X X X
XL3200A
XL3300A
XP02-115AC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
XP02-115AC-Q X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
XP05-115AC
XP01-115AC-SL X
XP03-115AC-SL X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X = Standard Model

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

43
 In-Line DC Gearmotors
Compatibility Chart
Voltage DC 90 - 130 180 - 240
RATED HP 1/4 1/20 1/17 1/8 1/4

510-09-024

510-18-018

510-18-020

510-18-023

510-18-025

510-18-027

510-18-029

510-18-032
510-09-025

510-09-029

510-09-031

510-09-032

510-09-033

510-09-034

510-09-035

510-09-037

510-09-038

510-18-002

510-18-003

510-18-007

510-18-008

510-18-015

510-18-030
Motor
Minarik
Drives
MOTORS/DRIVES TABLES

C1RGD03-D 240AC X X X X X X X X X X X X X
C1RGD10-D 230AC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
C1XP01-115AC-A
E C1XP03-115AC-A
C4XL3025
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X X X X X X
C4XL3200A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MC10 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MC10-R, MC10-PCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
M1, M2 X X X X X X X X X X
MM03-115AC-PCM
MM10-115AC-PCM X X X X X X X X X X
MM03-230AC-PCM X X X X X X X X X
MM10-230AC-PCM X X X X X X
MM21111A
MM21151C X X X X X X X X X X
MM21211A X X
MM21251C X X X X X X X X X X
MM23001C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23002D X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23012D X X X X X X X X X
MM23112D X X X X X X X X X
MM23212D X X X X X X X X X
MM23412D X X X X X X X X X
MM23102D X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23402D X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23011C X X X X X X X X X
MM23101C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23201C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23401C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MM23411C X X X X X X X X X
MM301U X X X X X X X X X X
MM311U X X X X X X X X X
MMRG30U X X X X X X X X X X
MMRG31U
MMRGD03-D230AC X X X X X X X X X
MMRGD10-D230AC X X X X X X X X X X
MMXL02-D240AC X X X X X X X X X
MMXL05-D240AC X X X X X X X X X X
NRG02-D240AC-2Q X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
NRG02-D240AC-4Q X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
NRG05-D240AC-2Q X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
NRG05-D240AC-4Q X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
NRG10-115AC-2Q X X X X X X X X X X
NRG10-115AC-4Q X X X X X X X X X X
PCM21000A X X X X X X X X X X
PCM21010A
PCM23001A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PCM23401A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PCM23411A X X X X X X X X X
PCMXP02-115AC
PCMXP05-115AC X X X X X X X X X
RG500A X X X X X X X X X
RG500UA X X X X X X X X X
RG501A X X X X X X X X X
RG510A X X X X X X X X X
RG510UA, RG511A
RG510A
RG60U, RG60U-T X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
RGT300U X X X X X X X X X X
RGT310U
XL3025A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
XL3050A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
XL3200A X X X X X X X X X X
XL3300A X X X X X X X X X X
XP02-115AC X X X X X X X X X X
XP02-115AC-Q X X X X X X X X X X
XP05-115AC X X X X X X X X X X
XP01-115AC-SL
XP03-115AC-SL X X X X X X X X X X

44 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 DC Gearmotors
Dimensional Drawings

Dimensions

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
E

1/15 Hp
507-02-128, 135, 136, 138, 139, 140

1/20 Hp
507-01-105

Model A B
Number
507-01-127 7.38 6.48
507-01-128 7.38 6.48
507-01-129 7.38 6.48
507-01-130 7.38 6.48
507-01-131 7.38 6.48
507-01-132 7.38 6.48

1/20 Hp
507-01-127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

45
 DC Gearmotors
Dimensional Drawings

Dimensions
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Model A
Number
507-01-106 10.4
507-01-107 10.4
507-01-108 10.4
507-01-109 10.4
507-01-110 10.4 1/8 Hp
507-01-106, 107, 108, 109, 110

Model A
Number
507-02-002 9.36
507-02-003 9.36
507-02-125 9.36 1/8 Hp
507-02-126 9.36 507-02-002, 003, 125, 126 All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

46 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 DC Gearmotors
Dimensional Drawings

Dimensions

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
E

.900
Ref

Model P X XL XH
Number Inches
CONDUIT BOX DIMENSIONS (IN.)
510-09-001 2.38 3.25 8.33 6.21
FRAME CONDUIT
510-09-002 3.00 3.25 9.28 7.16
DIA. BOX P/N XW AB H L
510-18-002 3.11 3.25 9.30 7.18
2.38 221-0997 2.50 3.00 1.80 2.14
510-09-003 3.00 3.25 9.28 7.16
3.00 221-0993 2.63 3.47 1.90 3.13
510-18-003 3.11 3.25 9.30 7.18
3.11 221-0993 2.63 3.47 1.90 3.13 510-09-004 3.11 2.68 8.74 6.62
510-09-005 3.11 2.68 8.74 6.62
510-09-006 3.11 2.68 8.74 6.62
510-09-007 3.11 2.40 8.46 6.34
510-18-007 3.11 2.40 8.46 6.34
510-09-008 3.11 2.40 8.46 6.34
510-18-008 3.11 2.40 8.46 6.34

Model P X XL XH
Number Inches
510-09-009 3.00 3.45 10.07 8.26
510-09-011 3.00 3.54 10.07 8.26
510-09-013 3.11 3.23 11.54 9.73
510-09-014 3.00 3.54 10.07 8.26
CONDUIT BOX DIMENSIONS (IN.)
510-09-015 3.11 3.23 11.54 9.73
FRAME CONDUIT
DIA. BOX P/N AF XW H L 510-09-016 3.00 3.54 10.07 8.26
3.00 221-0993 6.26 2.63 1.90 3.13 510-09-017 3.11 3.23 11.54 9.73
3.11 221-0993 6.26 2.63 1.90 3.13 510-09-018 3.11 3.23 11.54 9.73
510-18-018 3.11 3.23 11.54 9.73
510-09-019 3.11 3.54 10.07 9.73
510-09-018 3.11 3.23 11.54 9.73

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

47
 DC Gearmotors
Dimensional Drawings

Dimensions
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Model XL XH
Number Inches

E 510-09-021
510-18-021
11.31
11.31
9.31
9.31
510-09-022 11.31 9.31
510-18-023 13.31 11.31
510-09-025 13.31 11.31
510-18-025 13.31 11.31
510-18-027 13.31 11.31
510-09-029 13.31 11.31
510-09-031 13.31 11.31
510-09-032 13.31 11.31

Model XL XH
Number Inches
510-09-033 14.40 12.90
510-09-035 14.40 12.90
510-09-037 14.40 12.90
510-09-038 14.40 12.90
510-09-041 16.72 15.22
510-09-043 16.72 15.22
510-09-045 16.72 15.22

A Model Dim
Number dwg. P PB X XL XH
511-09-047 A 2.38 3.00 3.60 8.79 5.19
511-09-048 A 2.38 3.00 3.60 8.79 5.19
511-09-049 A 2.38 3.00 3.60 8.79 5.19
511-18-051 B 3.38 4.00 4.50 9.64 5.14
511-18-054 B 3.38 4.00 4.50 9.64 5.14
511-09-056 B 3.38 4.00 4.50 10.64 6.14
511-09-057 B 3.38 4.00 4.50 10.64 6.14
511-18-057 B 3.38 4.00 4.50 10.64 6.14

B 511-09-058 B 3.38 4.00 4.50 10.64 6.14

511-18-059 B 3.38 4.00 4.50 10.64 6.14
511-09-060 B 3.38 4.00 4.50 10.64 6.14
511-09-061 B 3.38 4.00 4.50 12.64 8.14
511-09-064 B 3.38 4.00 4.50 12.64 8.14
511-09-065 B 3.38 4.00 4.50 12.64 8.14

48 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 AC Drives and Delta-Wave Motors

M inarik now offers 3-phase induction motors that

are wound for either 230 VAC or 115 VAC
input. Our Delta-Wave (AC) induction motors use
motor control through zero speed. The frequency range can
be varied from 3 to 400 Hz with constant torque available up
to 60 Hz, and constant horsepower available above 60 Hz.
three phases of alternating current supplied to the sta- The drive features solid-state reversing with adjustable accel-
tor to provide the speed and torque necessary for your eration and deceleration. They also feature adjustable current

AC DRIVES & MOTORS

motion control needs. These currents rise and fall in limit and I2T class 10 current trip to protect the motor, thermal
polarity much like an ocean wave. The waves circu-
late around the stator core at a frequency determined
by the user and a drive such as our variable frequency
MAC drive. The rotor of the AC motor consists of mul-
F
tiple current paths (coils) integrated throughout an iron
core. This rotor construction is typically known as a
squirrel cage design. Reaction between stator and
rotor coils result by transformer action across the sta-
tor/rotor air gap. The induction motor is essentially a
transformer with a rotating secondary. The force that
exists between primary and secondary coils in a trans-
former appears as useful torque in an induction motor. protection, line starting and stopping, min. and max. speed
The rotor is pushed into rotation by the ensuing stator control, slip compensation, acceleration torque boosting con-
wave. The frequency of the waves establishes the max- trol, and many more features. Standard models are available
imum speed but it does not provide the torque neces- to power induction motors up to 1 Hp.
sary to run at that speed. The voltage and resulting
current provide the actual power to do the work.

RPM = (120 x Hz)/Poles

AC Solutions
The key advantages of this motor design vs. the permanent
The stator field rotates at a speed determined by the
magnet brush or permanent magnet BLDC motor line is sim-
frequency and number of poles. The rotor always turns
plicity, reliability, and durability. Positional feedback and high
at a lower speed than the stator fields; if the rotor
energy rare earth magnets are not necessary with this type of
turned at a synchronous speed, there would be no
machine. Users may take advantage of standard power lines
change in flux linkage, no induced current, and no
and wall outlets offering 115 VAC or 230 VAC. The com-
torque. The small difference in speed that produces
plexity of these past machines did not come from the motor,
flux cutting and motor action is called the slip.
but the control of that motor. Minarik has developed the ideal
By definition percent slip is:
s = (Nstator - Nslip) /Nstator) x 100

The output shaft speed is :

Nrotor = Nsync - (Nsyncx5)

Our MAC drive accepts either 115 VAC or 230 VAC

input and provides respective 3 phase PWM output for
these induction motors. The PWM output gives us a
high dynamic response for high performance use, a
very wide speed range (up to 100:1), and smooth
economical drive solution to this dilemma with the aforemen-
tioned MAC drive. This drive gives you complete control of
our Delta-Wave motors as well as any three phase induction
motor.

Minarik's system solution approach is ideal for applications

involving web handling, conveyors, fans, blowers, pumps,
compressors, stirring machines, etc. Contact a Minarik rep-
resentative to find out more about our AC solutions for your
application.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

49
 W
E
1/2 to 1.5HP
N

Isolated PWM AC Chassis

FEATURES & BENEFITS
n Compact size: Chassis unit is small and easy to mount.
n Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded signals 0-10VDC, 0-5VDC or 4-20mA.
n Control a variety of motors: 3-phase induction motors, single-phase permanent split capacitor (PSC), shaded pole and
synchronous motors.
n User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum speed, maximum speed, current limit, acceleration, deceleration, slip compensation,
AC DRIVES & MOTORS

boost, zero set, brake current, and brake time.

n Diagnostic LED's: Power, Fault, and Torque limit.
Stopping modes: DC injection braking or coast (jumper selectable).
F n

n Adjustable 4 to 16kHz switching frequency: Quiet motor operation or reduced electrical noise.
n Quick disconnect terminal block: Allows for quick and easy terminations and changes.
n Torque "foldback": Allows up to 200% torque to overcome intermittent peak loads.
n Additional features: Auto or manual restart after low input voltage fault (jumper selectable), line fusing, enable and direction
inputs.

Input Voltage Max Output Hp

Model Number Output Output Current (A) Enclosure Type
±10%, 1 phase Frequency Rating
Voltage
50/60 Hz

VFD05-D230AC-PCM 115 or 230VAC 0-230VAC 5 0-120Hz 1/2-1.5 Chassis

VFD05-PCM Series
Typical Applications

n Conveyors
n Material Handling VFD05-D230AC-PCM Dimensions
n Packaging Machinery
n Sorting Machinery
n Door and Gate Openers
VFD05-D230AC-PCM
n Food Packaging Machinery

The Volts/Hertz, PWM, VFD05-D230AC-PCM has all the features of the original
VFD series with several additional enhancements. They include an isolated front
end, minimum speed adjustment potentiometer (pot), output voltage doubling,
DC injection braking, and automatic or manual restart when power is restored.

The VFD-PCM series accepts reference signals that are 0-5V, 0-10V or 4-20mA
without an additional isolation card. The DC injection braking feature comes with
two additional calibration potentiometers (Braking Current and Braking Time) for
easy set up.

The dual voltage VFD-PCM inverters have a “doubling” jumper that can be set
to output 230VAC to the motor when only 115VAC is available. Another jumper
selectable option is for automatic or manual restarting.

Many applications require an inverter to be able to automatically re-start itself in

the event of a power loss. If automatic restart is selected, then after a low voltage
fault, the inverter will restart itself when the input voltage is restored to a mini-
mum level.

The features, flexibility and compact size of the VFD05-D230AC-PCM series

For matching AC motors, see pages 61 to 66.
makes it an ideal choice for most AC motor applications under 1.5 horsepower

50 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 N
E
W
1/6 to 1HP
Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n NEMA 4X: Aluminum, compact, easy to mount. Choose gray or USDA rated white epoxy.
n Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded signals 0-10VDC, 0-5VDC or 4-20mA.
n Control a variety of motors: 3-phase induction motors, single-phase permanent split capacitor (PSC), shaded pole and synchronous
motors.
n User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum speed, maximum speed, current limit, acceleration, deceleration, slip compensation,

AC DRIVES & MOTORS

boost, zero set, brake current, and brake time.
n Diagnostic LED's: Power, Fault, Enable and Torque limit.
n Stopping modes: DC injection braking or coast (jumper selectable). F
n Adjustable 4 to 16kHz switching frequency: Quiet motor operation or reduced electrical noise.
n Quick disconnect terminal block: Allows for quick and easy terminations and changes.
n Torque "foldback": Allows up to 200% torque to overcome intermittent peak loads.
n Additional features: Auto or manual restart after low input voltage fault (jumper selectable), line fusing, enable and direction
inputs.
Input Voltage Max Output Hp
Model Number Output Output Current (A) Enclosure Type
±10%, 1 phase Frequency Rating
Voltage
50/60 Hz
VFDA4X04-D230AC-PCM 115 or 230VAC 0-230VAC 4 0-120Hz 1/6-1 NEMA 4X
(gray aluminum)
NEMA 4X
VFDF4X04-D230AC-PCM 115 or 230VAC 0-230VAC 4 0-120Hz 1/6-1 (white epoxy,
USDA rated)

VFDA4X04-PCM Series
Typical Applications

n Conveyors
VFDA4X04-D230AC -PCM Dimensions n Material Handling
n Packaging Machinery
n Sorting Machinery
n Food Packaging Machinery VFDA4X04-D230AC-PCM
n Pumps and Mixers

The Volts/Hertz, PWM, VFDA4X04-D230AC-PCM and VFD4X04-D230AC-PCM

have all the features of the original VFD series with several enhancements. They
include a rugged aluminum NEMA 4X enclosure, an isolated front end, minimum
speed adjustment potentiometer (pot), output voltage doubling, DC injection
braking, and automatic or manual restart when power is restored. The
VFDF4X04-D230AC-PCM enclosure is painted in a white epoxy and is USDA
rated-perfect for food environments!

The VFD-PCM series accepts reference signals that are 0-5V, 0-10V or 4-20mA
without an additional isolation card. The DC injection braking feature comes
with two additional calibration potentiometers (Braking Current and Braking
Time) for easy set up.

The dual voltage VFD-PCM series has a "doubling" jumper that can be set to out-
put 230VAC to the motor when only 115VAC is available. Another jumper selec-
table option is for choosing automatic or manual restarting.

The features, flexibility and compact size of the VFDA4X04-D230-PCM and

VFDF4X04-D230AC-PCM make it the ideal choice for AC motor applications
under 1 horsepower in adverse surroundings.
For matching AC motors, see pages 61 to 66.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

51
 W
E
1/6 to 1 HP
N

Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X

FEATURES & BENEFITS
n NEMA 4X enclosure: Compact, easy to mount, black plastic enclosure.
n Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded signals 0-10VDC, 0-5VDC or 4-20mA.
n Control a variety of motors: 3-phase induction motors, single-phase permanent split capacitor (PSC), shaded pole and
synchronous motors.
n User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum speed, maximum speed, current limit, acceleration, deceleration, slip
AC DRIVES & MOTORS

compensation, boost, zero set, brake current, and brake time.

n Diagnostic LED's: Power, Fault, and Torque limit.
Stopping modes: DC injection braking or coast (jumper selectable).
F n

n Adjustable 4 to 16kHz switching frequency: Quiet motor operation or reduced electrical noise.
n Quick disconnect terminal block: Allows for quick and easy terminations and changes.
n Torque "foldback": Allows up to 200% torque to overcome intermittent peak loads.
n Additional features: Auto or manual restart after low input voltage fault (jumper selectable), line fusing, enable and
direction inputs.
Input Voltage Output Max Output
±10%, 1 phase Output Voltage Hp Rating Enclosure Type
Model Number Current (A) Frequency
50/60 Hz

115 or 230VAC 4 NEMA 4X

VFDP4X04-D230AC-PCM 0-230VAC 0-120 Hz 1/6-1 (black plastic)

VFDP4X04-PCM Series
Typical Applications

n Conveyors VFDP4X-PCM Dimensions

n Material Handling
n Packaging Machinery
VFDP4X04-D230AC-PCM n Sorting Machinery
n Door and Gate Openers
n Food Packaging Machinery

The Volts/Hertz, PWM, VFDP4X04-D230AC-PCM has all the features of the original
VFD series with several additional enhancements. They include a lightweight, plastic
NEMA 4X enclosure, an isolated front end, minimum speed adjustment potentiome-
ter (pot), output voltage doubling, DC injection braking, and automatic or manual
restart when power is restored.

The VFDP4X04-D230AC-PCM accepts reference signals that are 0-5V, 0-10V or 4-

20mA without an additional isolation card. The DC injection braking feature comes
with two additional calibration potentiometers (Braking Current and Braking Time) for
easy set up.

The dual voltage VFDP4X04-D230AC-PCM has a "doubling" jumper that can be set
to output 230VAC to the motor when only 115VAC is available. Another jumper
selectable option is for choosing automatic or manual restarting.

Many applications require an inverter to be able to automatically re-start itself in the

event of a power loss. If automatic restart is selected, then after a low voltage fault,
the inverter will restart itself when the input voltage is restored to a minimum level.

The features, flexibility and compact size of the VFDP4X04-D230AC-PCM make it the
ideal choice for AC motor applications under 1 horsepower where the drive will be
mounted in adverse surroundings.
For matching AC motors, see pages 61 to 66.

52 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/16 to 1 HP
PWM AC Chassis
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n Compact size: (4.30” x 3.70”) Easy to mount in small spaces with industry standard mounting hole pattern.
n “D” models can double the output: Enables the use of a 230 VAC motor with a 115 VAC power supply.
n Use with a variety of motors: Can be used with 3-phase induction and single-phase permanent split capacitor, shaded
pole and synchronous motors. Quickly and easily change trimmer pot ranges for 1/4 to 1 hp motors.
Easy to calibrate & set-up: On-board trimmer pot adjustments for boost, maximum speed, acceleration, deceleration, and

AC DRIVES & MOTORS

n
torque limit.
n Torque ‘foldback’ feature: Allows up to 200% torque for short periods to overcome intermittent peak loads, then reduces
the torque to a (preset) safe level.
n 16kHz switching frequency, with option to change between 4 and 16 kHz in the field: A high switching frequency
results in quiet motor operation. Adjustments to a lower frequency if desired can be done in the field. F
n Optional isolation: Order unit with a -PCM suffix for isolation of inputs

V F D S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
VFD01- VFD01- VFD02- VFD02- VFD02- VFD04- VFD04- VFD04-
230AC D230AC 115AC 230AC D230AC 115VAC 230AC D230AC
Input Voltage 115 or 115 or 115 or
230VAC 115VAC 230VAC 115VAC 230VAC
±10%, 1-phase 230 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC
Nominal Output Voltage 0 - 230V 0 - 230V 0 - 115V 0 - 230V 0 - 230V 0 - 115V 0 - 230V 0 - 230V
Maximum Continuous
Output Current 1.2A rms 1.2A rms 2.4A rms 2.4A rms 2.4A rms 4.0A rms 4.0A rms 4.0A rms

Max Horsepower 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2 1/2 1 1

Height 2.03 [51.6] 2.56 [65.0] 2.68 [68.1] 2.48 [63.0] 3.02 [76.7] 3.68 [93.5] 3.68 [93.5] 4.45 [113]

VFD Series
Typical Applications

VFD Dimensions n Pumps and Mixers

n Sorting Machinery
n Packaging Machinery
H
H
n Fans
2.12 [54]
2.12 [54] 4.30 [109]
4.30 [109] n Door and
0.96 [24]
0.96 [24]
3.80 [97]
3.80 [97]
Gate Openers VFD04-230AC
U V W

TB501

The Volts/Hertz VFD Series has several models in the 1/4 - 1 hp range that
E2 E1 S1 S2 S3 D

DECEL BOOST
TQ

3.70
3.70 [94]
ACCEL
TQ LIMIT

[94] 2.72 FAULT accepts 115 VAC and 230 VAC power. The cost-conscious and compact
J503

MAX
2.72 [69]
[69]
J501 JMP501

0.97 IC502
POWER
AC AC -
chassis design of the VFD Series maintains the industry standard for mount-
[25]
0.97 [25]
C510 L2

ing hole location and the coded LEDs make it easy to visually determine the
J502

L1

TOTAL HEIGHT (H)

drive status. Dual voltage “D” versions have a jumper that causes the drive
(TOP OF CAP TO BOTTOM OF CHASSIS)

VFD01-230VAC, VFD01-D230AC, VFD02-115AC,

VFD01-230AC 2.03 [51.6] to output double the voltage, allowing the use of 230VAC motors when only
VFD02-115AC 2.68 [68.1]
ALL DIMENSIONS IN
INCHES [MILLIMETERS] VFD02-230AC, VFD02-D230AC2.48 [ 63.0]
VFD02-230AC
a 115 VAC power supply is available.

1.00
1.00 [25]
[25]
The unique torque “foldback” feature protects your motor and equipment.
The VFD Series will allow 200% torque for a period of time (to overcome
U Y W 4.40
intermittent peak loads), then it acts to reduce the output current (or torque)
4.40 [112]
[112]
TB501

to a preset, safe value which has been set by the TQ Limit trimmer pot. This
E2 E1 S1 S2 S3 D

DECEL BOOST
TQ
ACCEL
TQ LIMIT 3.00
3.00 [72]
FAULT
[72]
results in eliminating potential equipment damage by a continuous 200%
J503

MAX
J501 JMP501

POWER
AC AC -

0.7
IC502

torque input. The VFD Series includes additional features such as an

C510 L2

[18]
J502

0.7 [18]
L1

0.13 [3]
0.13 [3] 6.30
6.30 [160]
[160] adjustable carrier frequency of 4-16 kHz, an output frequency range of 0-
3.68 [93.5] 6.90 [175]
120 Hz, and an adjustable torque boost for start up. Enable and Direction
6.90 [175]
3.68 [93.5]
ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES [MILLIMETERS]

VFD04-115AC, VFD04-230AC, VFD04-D230AC terminals are included for easy start/stop and direction control.
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
With its compact size, standard features, and application flexibility, the VFD
For matching AC motors, see pages 61 to 66. Series is an excellent choice for most 1 hp and under AC applications.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

53
 1/15 to 1 Hp
PWM AC
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n AC motors: Use with 3Ø induction motors as well as 1Ø AC motors such as a permanent split capacitor, shaded pole, AC
synchronous and AC stepping.
n Reversing: Accomplished via solid-state devices and is as simple as closing a contact.
n Speed range and regulation: 2% regulation of base speed. 100:1 speed range.
AC DRIVES & MOTORS

n User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum speed, maximum speed, current limit, acceleration/deceleration, slip
compensation and torque boost.
n Diagnostic LEDs: Forward, reverse, fault, over current limit trip, current limit, and power.
F n Stopping modes: Use DC injection braking (N.O.), or coast the motor to a stop (N.C.).
n Quick connect terminal block: Quick and easy wire terminations.
n Carrier frequency: 11 or 16.5kHz selectable carrier frequency for silent motor operation.
n Optional isolation: The HCPL isolation (-PCM option) isolates all inputs and outputs.
M A C S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Output Voltage
Models (VAC) HP Rating Output Current (A)
(VAC)
115 115/230 1/15-1/4* @ 115VAC or 2.5 cont.
MAC05-D240AC (-PCM) 230 230 1/6-1/2 @ 230VAC 5 peak

115 115/230 1/4-1/2* @ 115VAC or 4 cont.

MAC08-D240AC (-PCM)
230 230 1/2-1 @ 230VAC 8 peak

* Horsepower is doubled when voltage doubler terminals are

jumpered and using 115 VAC input.

MAC Series

Typical Applications
n Conveyors MAC Dimensions
n Pumps
n Hoists & Cranes
n Packaging Machinery
MAC05-D240AC n Industrial and
Commercial Machinery

The MAC Series controls most 1Hp or smaller, 115 or 230 VAC three
phase AC induction motors, as well as some types of single phase AC
motors. The MAC drive is capable of a 100:1 speed range, which
means the system speed range will be motor dependent. It will operate
with constant torque from 0 to 60 Hz and constant Hp 60-400 Hz. The
MAC Series also features solid-state reversing, adjustable acceleration
and deceleration, slip compensation, adjustable current limit, and I2T
class 10 current trip to protect the motor, control, and machine. The
enable circuit can also be used to interface with the motor’s thermal
overload for further protection.

Minarik has included even more features to help improve the perfor-
mance of the AC motor including torque boost during acceleration,
adjustable slip compensation, and adjustable minimum and maximum
speeds. Up to 8 motors can be controlled by a single MAC drive. All of
this is accomplished in a compact 4.98” x 5.38” footprint. For AC
induction motors and many single phase motor applications, consider
the MAC Series as the first solution. For matching AC motors, see pages 61 to 66.

54 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/4 to 3 Hp
PWM AC IP20
FEATURES & BENEFITS

n Isolation: Inputs and outputs are isolated and allow any speed reference signal to be accepted.
n Programmable: Programmed via the front keypad, hand-held EPM programmer, or PC using the Techlink software available
on our website www.minarikdrives.com
n Reversing: Solid-state devices make reversing as simple as closing a contact.

AC DRIVES & MOTORS

n Display: 3-digit seven segment display for programming, status, and diagnostics.
n Braking: DC injection braking is standard with a dynamic braking option available when faster, repetitive stops are
needed.
n Din rail mounting: An optional din rail mount is available.
n Carrier frequency: Adjustable from 4 to 10 kHz to help reduce the audible noise from the motor. F
n Automatic restart: Can be programmed to automatically restart upon application of power.
n Skip frequencies: Two skip frequencies are available to lock out critical frequencies that cause mechanical resonance in
the system.
n 48 programmable parameters that include:
• Four or more ways to start and stop the motor • Two adjustable acceleration & deceleration times (.1 to 3,600 seconds)
• DC injection braking time and voltage • Maximum (240Hz) and minimum (0Hz) frequency
• Current limit and motor overload • Fixed and adjustable acceleration boost
• Slip compensation • Seven pre-set speeds
• and many more!

ACM100 Series
Typical Applications

n Machine Tools
n Conveyors
n Pumps
n Packaging Machinery
n Industrial Washing ACM100 Series
Machines

n EPM programmer: Optional hand-held programmer allows you to save thirty (30) programs and download within seconds
to the EPM module which plugs into the drive.
n Default settings: Drives ship with default settings requiring only a few inputs to be off and running.
n For use with 3-phase motors
The ACM100 Series variable frequency, sub-micro, V/Hz drive is a programmable easy to use drive in an IP20 enclosure. It
has a 3-digit seven segment display for programming, drive status, and diagnostics. The ACM100 Series has nine isolated
inputs and outputs including stop/run, 0-10 VDC input, 4-20mA input, 10 VDC supply for speed pot, DC supply for digital
inputs, speed pot common, open collector output, and three programmable inputs.

In addition, the ACM100 Series has several options that include: din rail mount capability, a 1000 Hz output frequency option
for very high speed applications, through-hole mounting capability that puts the heat sink outside the drive enclosure for bet-
ter thermal management, and dynamic braking resistor modules for applications that require quick stops. The ACM100 Series
is your best choice when drive control is done from remote locations by process control ( analog references or 0-10 or 4-20mA
or simple start/stop.

Part numbers and specifications on page 57.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

55
 1/4 to 25 Hp
Isolated PWM AC IP20
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n Isolation: Inputs and outputs are isolated and allow any speed reference signal to be accepted.
n Programmable: Programmed using the front keypad, remote keypad, hand-held EPM programmer, Modbus, or
through your PC using the Techlink software available on our website ww.minarikcorp.com
n Reversing: Solid-state devices make reversing as simple as closing a contact.
n Display: 3-digit seven segment display for programming, status and diagnostics.
AC DRIVES & MOTORS

n Braking: DC injection braking is standard with a dynamic braking option available when faster repetitive stops are
needed.
Din rail mounting: An optional din rail mount is available.
F n

n Carrier frequency: Adjustable from 4 to 10kHz to help reduce the audible noise from the motor.
n Automatic restart: Can be programmed to automatically restart upon application of power.
n Skip frequencies: Two skip frequencies are available to lock out critical frequencies that cause mechanical
resonance in the system.
n 48 programmable parameters that include:
• Four or more ways to start and stop the motor • Two adjustable acceleration & deceleration times (.1 to 3600 seconds)
• DC injection braking time and voltage • Maximum (999Hz) and minimum (0Hz) frequency
• Current limit and motor overload • Fixed and adjustable acceleration boost
• Slip compensation • Seven pre-set speeds
• and many more!

AC200 Series
Typical Applications

n Machine Tools
n Conveyors
n Pumps
n Packaging Machinery
n Industrial Washing
AC200 Series Machines

n EPM programmer: Optional hand-held programmer allows you to save 30 programs and download within seconds to
the EPM module which plugs into the drive.
n For use with 3-phase motors

The AC200 Series of sub-micro drives are a compact, low-cost solution for AC motor control. The AC200 contains exten-
sive I/O and full programming menu typically found in more expensive drives. This series has a 3-digit seven segment dis-
play for programming, drive status, and diagnostics. The AC200 has eighteen isolated inputs and outputs including start,
stop, 0-10VDC input, 4-20 mA input, 10VDC supply for external potentiometer, 12 VDC supply for an external relay, two
open collector outputs, two analog outputs, three programmable inputs, and RS485 (RXA, RXB).

In addition, the AC200 Series has several options that include: din rail mount capability, a 1000 Hz output frequency option
for very high speed applications, through-hole mounting capability that puts the heat sink outside the drive enclosure for
better thermal management, and dynamic braking resistor modules for applications that require quick stops. The AC200
Series is a great choice when drive control is done from remote locations by process control (analog references of 0-10
VDC or 4-20mA) or serial communications.

Part number and specifications on page 57.

56 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 ACM100 & AC200
Series Specifications

ACM100 Series Specifications

Input Voltage Input Output Current Size*
Models
(VAC) Output Voltage (VAC) HP Rating
Phase (A)
ACM110S-0.25 120 1 0-200/230 1/3 1.7 A5
ACM110S-0.4 120 1 0-200/230 1/2 2.4 A5

AC DRIVES & MOTORS

ACM110S-0.75 120 1 0-200/230 1 4.2 B5
ACM110S-1.1 120 1 0-200/230 1 1/2 6.0 B5
ACM112S-0.25 208/240 1 0-200/230 1/3 1.9/1.7 A5
ACM112S-0.4 208/240 1 0-200/230 1/2 2.8/2.4 A5
ACM112S-0.55 208/240 1 0-200/230 3/4 3.7/3.2 A6
ACM112S-0.75
ACM112S-1.1
208/240
208/240
1
1
0-200/230
0-200/230
1
1 1/2
4.8/4.2
6.9/6.0
A6
B5
F
ACM112S-1.5 208/240 1 0-200/230 2 8.1/7.0 B5
ACM112S-2.2 208/240 1 0-200/230 3 11.0/9.6 B6
ACM112T-0.4 208/240 3 0-200/230 1/2 2.8/2.4 A5
ACM112T-0.75 208/240 3 0-200/230 1 4.8/4.2 A6
ACM112T-1.1 208/240 3 0-200/230 1 1/2 6.9/6.0 A7
ACM112T-1.5 208/240 3 0-200/230 2 8.1/7.0 A7
ACM112T-2.2 208/240 3 0-200/230 3 11.0/9.6 B6
ACM112T-3.7 208/240 3 0-200/230 5 17.5/15.2 B2
ACM114T-0.4 400/480 3 0-400/460 1/2 1.3/1.1 A8
ACM114T-0.75 400/480 3 0-400/460 1 2.5/2.1 A9
ACM114T-1.1 400/480 3 0-400/460 1 1/2 3.6/3.0 A10
ACM114T-1.5 400/480 3 0-400/460 2 4.1/3.4 A10
ACM114T-2.2 400/480 3 0-400/460 3 5.8/4.8 B1
ACM114T-3.7 400/480 3 0-400/460 5 9.4/7.8 B2

AC200 Series Specifications

Input Size*
Models Input Voltage (VAC) Output Voltage (VAC) HP Rating Output Current (A)
Phase
AC211S-0.75 120/208/240 1 0-230/200/230 1 4.0/4.6/4.0 B1
AC211S-1.1 120/208/240 1 0-230/200/230 1.5 5.4/6.2/5.4 B1
AC212B-0.2 208/240 1/3 0-200/230 1/4 1.6/1.4 A8
AC212B-0.4 208/240 1/3 0-200/230 1/2 2.5/2.2 A8
AC212B-0.75 208/240 1/3 0-200/230 1 4.6/4.0 A9
AC212B-1.1 208/240 1/3 0-200/230 1.5 6.2/4.4 B1
AC212B-1.5 208/240 1/3 0-200/230 2 7.8/6.8 B2
AC212B-2.2 208/240 1/3 0-200/230 3 11.0/9.6 B2
AC212B-3.7 208/240 1/3 0-200/230 5 17.5/15.2 C1
AC212T-0.75 208/240 3 0-200/230 1 4.6/4.0 A9
AC212T-1.1 208/240 3 0-200/230 1.5 6.2/4.4 A10
AC212T-1.5 208/240 3 0-200/230 2 7.8/6.8 A10
AC212T-2.2 208/240 3 0-200/230 3 11.0/9.8 A10
AC212T-3.7 208/240 3 0-200/230 5 17.5/15.2 B2
AC212T-5.5 208/240 3 0-200/230 7.5 25.3/22.0 C1
AC212T-7.5 208/240 3 0-200/230 10 30.0/28.0 C1
AC212T-11 208/240 3 0-200/230 15 48/42 D1
AC212T-15 208/240 3 0-200/230 20 58/54 D1
AC214T-0.4 400/480 3 0-400/460 1/2 1.3/1.1 A8
AC214T-0.75 400/480 3 0-400/460 1 2.3/2.0 A9
AC214T-1.1 400/480 3 0-400/460 1.5 3.1/2.7 A10
AC214T-1.5 400/480 3 0-400/460 2 3.9/3.4 A10
AC214T-2.2 400/480 3 0-400/460 3 5.5/4.8 A10
AC214T-3.7 400/480 3 0-400/460 5 8.7/7.6 B2
AC214T-5.5 400/480 3 0-400/460 7.5 12.6/11.0 C1
AC214T-7.5 400/480 3 0-400/460 10 16.1/14.0 C1
AC214T-11 400/480 3 0-400/460 15 24/21 D1
AC214T-15 400/480 3 0-400/460 20 31/27 D1
AC214T-18.5 400/480 3 0-400/460 25 39/34 D1
AC215T-0.75 480/590 3 0-460/575 1 1.8/1.6 A9
AC215T-1.5 480/590 3 0-460/575 2 3.4/3.0 A10
AC215T-2.2 480/590 3 0-460/575 3 4.2/4.2 B2
AC215T-3.7 480/590 3 0-460/575 5 6.6/6.6 B2
AC215T-5.5 480/590 3 0-460/575 7.5 9.6/9.6 C1
AC215T-7.5 480/590 3 0-460/575 10 12.2/12.2 C1
AC215T-11 480/590 3 0-460/575 15 19/19 D1
AC215T-15 480/590 3 0-460/575 20 24/24 D1
AC215T-18.5 480/590 3 0-460/575 25 27/27 D1

*For dimensional details see page 58.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

57
 ACM100 & AC200
Series Specifications

ACM100 & AC200 Dimensions

D
AC DRIVES & MOTORS

F
H

Size Height Width Depth

A1 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 3.76 (96)
A2 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 4.56 (116)
A3 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 5.56 (141)
A5 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 3.26 (83)
A6 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 3.63 (92)
A7 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 5.56 (141)
A8 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 3.94 (100)
A9 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 4.74 (120)
A10 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 5.74 (146)
B1 5.75 (146) 3.76 (96) 5.24 (133)
B2 5.75 (146) 3.76 (96) 6.74 (171)
B5 5.75 (146) 3.76 (96) 4.88 (124)
B6 5.75 (146) 3.76 (96) 5.53 (140)
C1 7.75 (197) 5.02 (128) 7.18 (182)
D1 9.75 (273) 6.68 (170) 8 (203)

58 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/4 to 60 hp
Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1,4, 12 or 4X
FEATURES & BENEFITS

n Programmable: Can be programmed using the front keypad, remote keypad, Modbus, or through your PC using the
Techlink software available on our website www.minarikdrives.com
n Reversing: Solid-state devices make reversing as simple as closing a contact.
n Display: 16 character backlit LCD display for programming, status, and diagnostics.

AC DRIVES & MOTORS

n Braking: DC injection braking is standard with a dynamic braking option when faster and repetitive stops are
needed.
n Carrier frequency: Adjustable from 2.5 to 14kHz to help reduce the audible noise from the motor.
n Automatic restart: Can be programmed to automatically restart upon application of power. F
n Skip frequencies: Two skip frequencies are available to lock out critical frequencies that cause mechanical
resonance in the system.
n Isolation: Inputs and outputs are isolated and allow any speed reference signal to be accepted.
n PID setpoint control: Closed loop control to automatically maintain set point based on process control feedback
(AC400 only).
n NEMA enclosure choices: Choose either NEMA1, 4/12 or 4X (see page 60).

The AC300 and AC400 Series variable frequency,

micro, V/Hz drive offers the widest range of voltages,
power ratings, and enclosure types. These drives
meet the toughest requirements from harsh environ-
ments to high torque loads. They are housed in a
heavy-duty steel enclosure for solid mechanical pro- AC300 & AC400 Series
tection and electrical shielding. The AC300 and the
AC400 Series have many of the same features except
the AC400 has a built-in PID control feature which Typical Applications
allows for closed-loop control to automatically adjust
n Machine Tools
the motor speed to maintain the set point.
n Positioning
The AC300 and AC400 have a 16 character backlit n Conveyors
display for programming, drive status, and diagnos- n HVAC Systems
tics. They have 21 isolated inputs and outputs includ- n Packaging Machinery
ing start, stop, 0-10VDC input, 4-20mA input, n Industrial Washing
10VDC supply for an external potentiometer, 12VDC Machines
AC300 Series
supply for an external relay, two open collector out-
puts, two analog outputs, three programmable
inputs, two relay outputs, and RS485 (RXA, TXB).

The AC300 and AC400 have over 55 programmable parameters that include: 4 or more ways to start and stop the
motor, forward and/or reverse rotation, two adjustable acceleration and deceleration times (0.1 to 3600 seconds), DC
injection braking time and voltage, maximum (120 Hz) and minimum frequency (0 Hz), current limit, motor overload,
fixed and acceleration boost, slip compensation, 4 preset speeds, skip frequencies, and many more. These units can be
programmed using the eight button keypad on the front of the drive enclosure, a remote keypad, a “point and click”
Windows software (Techlink) that runs on a PC and works through the RS485, or with Modbus. The drives are shipped
with default settings which shorten the time for setup requiring only a few adjustments in the program before the appli-
cation can be off and running.

OPTIONS: In addition to the many standard features these units have they also have an optional dynamic brake card
and resistor for those applications requiring quick repetitive stops, a second Form C auxiliary relay in an option card, and
a rugged NEMA 4 keypad mounting kit.

The AC300 and AC400 Series are full-featured, rugged, and compact micro drives priced to fit your budget. Choose the
AC300 or AC400 for your next AC, V/Hz drive application.

Part numbers and specifications on page 60.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

59
 AC300 & AC400
Series Specification

A C 3 0 0 & A C 4 0 0 S e r i e s R a t i n g s & D i m e n s i o n s
Input Output NEMA1 H x W x D NEMA 4 & 12 NEMA 4X H x W x D
Hp Amps Model (inches) Model Model (inches)
Voltage Phase
AC DRIVES & MOTORS

1/4 AC(*)31S-0.2
240/120 1Ø 1.4 AC(*)21S-0.2 7.50 x 4.70 x 3.33 AC351S-0.2 7.88 x 6.12 x 3.63
(.20kW)

240/120 1Ø 2.2 AC(*)21S-0.4 7.50 x 6.12 x 3.63 AC(*)31S-0.4 AC351S-0.4 7.88 x 7.86 x 3.75
1/2
240 1Ø 2.2 AC(*)22S-0.4 7.50 x 4.70 x 3.63 AC(*)32S-0.4
F (.4kW)
240/200 3Ø 2.2/2.5 AC(*)22T-0.4 7.50 x 4.70 x 3.63 AC(*)32T-0.4
AC352S-0.4
AC352T-0.4
7.88 x 6.12 x 4.35
7.88 x 6.12 x 4.35
240/120 1Ø 4.0 AC(*)21S-0.75 7.50 x 6.12 x 4.22 AC(*)31S-0.75 AC351S-0.75 7.88 x 7.86 x 4.90
240 1Ø 4.0 AC(*)22S-0.75 7.50 x 4.70 x 4.33 AC(*)32S-0.75 AC352S-0.75 7.88 x 6.12 x 4.35
1
240/200 3Ø 4.0/4.6 AC(*)22T-0.75 7.50 x 4.70 x 4.33 AC(*)32T-0.75 AC352T-0.75 7.88 x 6.12 x 4.35
(.75kW)
480/400 3Ø 2.0/2.3 AC(*)24T-0.75 7.50 x 4.70 x 3.63 AC(*)34T-0.75 AC354T-0.75 7.88 x 6.12 x 4.35
590 3Ø 1.6 AC(*)25T-0.75 7.50 x 4.70 x 3.63 AC(*)35T-0.75 AC355T-0.75 7.88 x 6.12 x 4.35

240/120 1Ø 5.2 AC(*)21S-1.1 7.50 x 6.12 x 4.22 AC(*)31S-1.1 AC351S-1.1 7.88 x 7.86 x 4.90
1.5
240 1Ø 5.2 AC(*)22S-1.1 7.50 x 6.12 x 4.22 AC(*)32S-1.1 AC352S-1.1 7.88 x 7.86 x 4.90
(1.1kW)
240/200 3Ø 5.2/6.0 AC(*)22T-1.1 7.50 x 4.70 x 4.33 AC(*)32T-1.1 AC352T-1.1 7.88 x 6.12 x 5.25
240 1Ø 6.8 AC(*)22S-1.5 7.50 x 6.12 x 5.12 AC(*)32S-1.5 AC352S-1.5 7.88 x 7.86 x 4.90
2 240/200 3Ø 6.8/7.8 AC(*)22T-1.5 7.50 x 6.12 x 5.12 AC(*)32T-1.5 AC352T-1.5 7.88 x 7.86 x 4.90
(1.5kW) 480/400 3Ø 3.4/3.9 AC(*)24T-1.5 7.50 x 6.12 x 4.22 AC(*)34T-1.5 AC354T-1.5 7.88 x 7.86 x 4.90
590 3Ø 2.7 AC(*)25T-1.5 7.50 x 6.12 x 4.22 AC(*)35T-1.5 AC355T-1.5 7.88 x 7.86 x 4.90
240 1Ø 9.6 AC(*)22S-2.2 7.50 x 6.12 x 5.12 AC(*)32S-2.2 AC352S-2.2 7.88 x 7.86 x 5.90
3 240/200 3Ø 9.6/11.0 AC(*)22T-2.2 7.50 x 6.12 x 5.12 AC(*)32T-2.2 AC352T-2.2 7.88 x 7.86 x 5.90
(2.2kW) 480/400 3Ø 4.8/5.5 AC(*)24T-2.2 7.50 x 6.12 x 5.12 AC(*)34T-2.2 AC354T-2.2 7.88 x 7.86 x 4.90
590 3Ø 3.9 AC(*)25T-2.2 7.50 x 6.12 x 5.12 AC(*)35T-2.2 AC355T-2.2 7.88 x 7.86 x 4.90
240/200 3Ø 15.2/17.5 AC(*)22T-3.7 7.88 x 7.86 x 5.94 AC(*)32T-3.7 AC352T-3.7 9.75 x 10.26 x 7.20
5 7.6/8.7
480/400 3Ø AC(*)24T-3.7 7.50 x 6.12 x 5.12 AC(*)34T-3.7 AC354T-3.7 7.88 x 7.86 x 5.90
(3.7kW) 6.1
590 3Ø AC(*)25T-3.7 7.50 x 7.86 x 5.94 AC(*)35T-3.7 AC355T-3.7 7.88 x 7.86 x 5.90

240/200 3Ø 22/25 AC(*)22T-5.5 9.38 x 7.86 x 6.84 AC(*)32T-5.5 AC352T-5.5 11.75 x 10.26 x 8.35
7.5
480/400 3Ø 11/12.6 AC(*)24T-5.5 9.38 x 7.86 x 6.25 AC(*)34T-5.5 AC354T-5.5 9.75 x 10.26 x 7.20
(5.5kW)
590 3Ø 9 AC(*)25T-5.5 9.38 x 7.86 x 6.25 AC(*)35T-5.5 AC355T-5.5 9.75 x 10.26 x 7.20

240/200 3Ø 28/32 AC(*)22T-7.5 11.25 x 7.86 x 6.84 AC(*)32T-7.5 AC352T-7.5 13.75 x 10.26 x 8.35
10
480/400 3Ø 14/16 AC(*)24T-7.5 9.38 x 7.86 x 6.84 AC(*)34T-7.5 AC354T-7.5 11.75 x 10.26 x 8.35
(7.5kW)
590 3Ø 11 AC(*)25T-7.5 9.38 x 7.86 x 7.40 AC(*)35T-7.5 AC355T-7.5 11.75 x 10.26 x 8.35

15 240/200 3Ø 42/48 AC(*)22T-11 12.75 x 7.86 x 6.84 AC(*)32T-11 AC352T-11 15.75 x 10.26 x 8.35
(11kW) 480/400 3Ø 21/24 AC(*)24T-11 11.25 x 7.86 x 6.84 AC(*)34T-11 AC354T-11 13.75 x 10.26 x 8.35
590 3Ø 17 AC(*)25T-11 12.75 x 7.86 x 6.84 AC(*)35T-11 AC355T-11 13.75 x 10.26 x 8.35
240/200 3Ø 54/62 AC(*)22T-15 12.75 x 10.26 x 7.74 AC(*)42T-15 ------------- 15.75 x 10.26 x 8.35
20
480/400 3Ø 27/31 AC(*)24T-15 12.75 x 7.86 x 6.84 AC(*)34T-15 AC354T-15 15.75 x 10.26 x 8.35
(15kW)
590 3Ø 22 AC(*)25T-15 12.75 x 7.86 x 7.40 AC(*)35T-15 AC355T-15 15.75 x 10.26 x 8.35
240/200 3Ø 68/78 AC(*)22T-18.5 15.75 x 10.26 x 8.35 ------------ -------------- ------ ------ -----
25
480/400 3Ø 34/39 AC(*)24T-18.5 12.75 x 10.26 x 7.74 AC(*)44T-18.5 -------------- 15.75 x 10.26 x 8.35
(18.5kW)
590 3Ø 27 AC(*)25T-18.5 12.75 x 10.26 x 7.74 AC(*)45T-18.5 -------------- 15.75 x 10.26 x 8.35
240/200 3Ø 80/92 AC(*)22T-22 15.75 x 10.26 x 8.35 -------------- -------------- ------ ------ -----
30
480/400 3Ø 40/46 AC(*)24T-22 12.75 x 10.26 x 7.74 AC(*)44T-22 -------------- 15.75 x 10.26 x 8.35
(22kW)
590 3Ø 32 AC(*)25T-22 12.75 x 10.26 x 8.25 AC(*)45T-22 -------------- 15.75 x 10.26 x 8.35
40 480/400 3Ø 52/60 AC(*)24T-30 15.75 x 10.26 x 8.35 -------------- -------------- --------------
(30kW) 590 3Ø 41 AC(*)25T-30 15.75 x 10.26 x 8.35 -------------- -------------- --------------

50 480/400 3Ø 65/75 AC(*)24T-37 19.75 x 10.26 x 8.55 -------------- -------------- --------------

(37kW) 590 3Ø 52 AC(*)25T-37 19.75 x 10.26 x 8.55 -------------- -------------- --------------

60 480/400 3Ø 77/80 AC(*)24T-45 19.75 x 10.26 x 8.55 -------------- -------------- --------------

(45kW) 590 3Ø 62 AC(*)25T-45 19.75 x 10.26 x 8.55 -------------- -------------- --------------

Note 1: (*) 3 = AC300 Series 4 = AC400 Series

Note 2: Model numbers with a “3” as a second digit (AC(*)3) are suitable for NEMA 4 and NEMA 12 applications
Note 3: Model numbers with a “4” as a second digit (AC(*)4) are suitable for NEMA 12 applications

Add “P” suffix for remote keyboard (This option can be combined with only one (1) of the three (3) options listed below when ordering).
Add “H” suffix for an additional Form C relay board.
Add “J” suffix for a dynamic braking board (for units 5 Hp and below only). Brake resistors are purchased separately
Add “K” suffix for a dynamic braking and Form C relay board (for units above 5 Hp only). Brake resistors are purchased separately.

60 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/15 to 1/2 Hp
AC 3-phase Motors

AC DRIVES & MOTORS

FEATURES & BENEFITS F
n Geared versions have rugged aluminum die cast housings.
n Precision machined gearing, hardened for maximum load capacities.
n Oversized bearings for overhung load capacity and longer life.
n High-carbon alloy output shaft.
n Double-lip, heavy-duty industrial oil seals.
n 1/2 Hp units wound for either 115 or 230 VAC 3-phase input.
n All units compatible with Minarik's variable frequency AC motor drives (VFD, VFD-PCM, MAC & AC Series).

Motor Performance Data

D e l t a - W a v e S e r i e s
Motor Motor Shaft Continuous Speed Input Rated Current Test
Part Power Speed @ FL Torque Reduction Voltage 3 ph (cont.) Frequency Frame &
Number [Hp] [RPM] [in-lbs] [ratio:1] [VAC] [Amps] [Hz] Style
506-20-001 1/15 1700 2.5 None 115 1.10 60 31 Frame TENV
506-22-001 1/15 1700 2.5 None 230 0.54 60 31 Frame TENV
506-21-004 1/15 150 25 11.5 115 0.78 60 38 Frame TENV
506-23-004 1/15 150 25 11.5 230 0.39 60 38 Frame TENV
506-21-001 1/15 140 28 12 115 1.10 60 31 Frame TENV
506-23-001 1/15 140 28 12 230 0.54 60 31 Frame TENV
506-21-005 1/15 75 52 23 115 0.78 60 38 Frame TENV
506-23-005 1/15 75 52 23 230 0.39 60 38 Frame TENV
506-21-002 1/15 57 67 30 115 1.10 60 31 Frame TENV
506-23-002 1/15 57 67 30 230 0.54 60 31 Frame TENV
506-23-006 1/15 33 110 52 230 0.39 60 38 Frame TENV
506-21-006 1/15 33 110 52 115 0.78 60 38 Frame TENV
506-21-003 1/15 28 100 60 115 1.10 60 31 Frame TENV
506-23-003 1/15 28 100 60 230 0.54 60 31 Frame TENV
506-20-002 1/6 1725 6 None 115 1.50 60 38 Frame TENV
506-22-002 1/6 1725 6 None 230 0.72 60 38 Frame TENV
506-21-007 1/6 163 60 10.6 115 1.50 60 38 Frame TENV
506-23-007 1/6 163 60 10.6 230 0.72 60 38 Frame TENV
506-21-008 1/6 60 160 29 115 1.50 60 38 Frame TENV
506-23-008 1/6 60 160 29 230 0.72 60 38 Frame TENV
506-21-009 1/6 30 324 58 115 1.50 60 38 Frame TENV
506-23-009 1/6 30 324 58 230 0.72 60 38 Frame TENV
506-24-001 1/2 1725 18 None 115/230 4.0/2.0 60 48 Frame TEFC
506-25-001 1/2 133 229 12.7 115/230 4.0/2.0 60 48 Frame TEFC
506-25-002 1/2 41 700 42 115/230 4.0/2.0 60 48 Frame TEFC

Optional conduit box and gearmotor mounting bracket shown on page 95.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

61
 1/15th Hp 115VAC or 230VAC TENV
AC 3-phase Motors
Z SERIES
FEATURES & BENEFITS

n 3-phase Induction Motor

n 1/15th Hp
n Compatible with Minarik’s VFD, VFD-PCM,
MAC & AC Series drives
AC DRIVES & MOTORS

n Totally enclosed non-ventilated (TENV)

n Geared and non-geared versions

F n Non-geared versions come with foot mount

Specifications
TENV • 115 or 230v • Three Phase • 1.0 Service Factor
Over- DIMENSIONS
Input F.L. F.L. hung
Model Voltage Ratio Input Output Torque Amps Load P X XL XH
Number (VAC) to 1 HP RPM (In.-Lb.) VAC (Lb.) Inches
506-21-001 115 12 1/15 140 28 1.10 180 3.07 2.14 9.16 7.96
506-21-002 115 30 1/15 57 67 1.10 171 3.07 2.43 9.16 7.96
506-21-003 115 60 1/15 28 100 1.10 155 3.07 2.43 9.16 7.96
506-23-001 230 12 1/15 140 28 0.54 180 3.07 2.14 8.87 7.67
506-23-002 230 30 1/15 57 67 0.54 171 3.07 2.43 9.16 7.96
506-23-003 230 60 1/15 28 100 0.54 155 3.07 2.43 9.16 7.96

Delta-Wave Series
Finally, there is a convenient and simple AC 3-phase motor
that can be controlled with a variable frequency drive. Dimensions
Minarik’s VFD, VFD-PCM, MAC & AC Series drives take a
single phase 115 VAC or 230 VAC input, and outputs 115
VAC or 230 VAC respectively in three phases to power these
motors. Earlier technology and costs prevented 115 VAC 3-
phase motor growth, but now Minarik offers either the 115
or the 230 VAC system packages as a powerful, efficient,
cost-effective solution to your motion control needs. P

The compact 31 frame motor features class F2 insulation

and is rated for continuous duty. It is available with or with-
out a gearhead to achieve the proper torque and speed you
desire. Gearhead versions are available in 12, 30, and 60
to 1 ratios. They feature precision machined gearing which
is hardened for maximum load capabilities. Geared models
have oversized output bearings for greater overhung load
capacity and longer life. High carbon output shafts provide
maximum strength and rigidity. All needle bearing journals
are precision ground after heat treating, to provide maxi-
mum finish and fit. The gearmotors are designed for mount-
ing at any angle, however, vertical mounting with the shaft
up with motor below is not recommended.

See compatibility chart on page 66 for recommended AC

drives.
Optional conduit box and mounting bracket on page 95.

62 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/15th Hp 115VAC or 230VAC TENV
VAC AC 3-phase Motors
D SERIES
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n 3-phase Induction Motor
n 1/15th Hp
n Compatible with Minarik’s VFD, VFD-PCM,MAC & AC Series drives

AC DRIVES & MOTORS

n Totally enclosed non-ventilated (TENV)
n Hardened spur gearhead models
Non-Geared versions come with footmount
n
F
Specifications
TENV • 115 or 230v • Three Phase • 1.0 Service Factor
Over- DIMENSIONS
Input F.L. F.L. hung
Model Voltage Ratio Input Output Torque Amps Load P X XL XH
Number (VAC) to 1 HP RPM (In.-Lb.) VAC (Lb.) Inches
506-21-004 115 11.5 1/15 150 25 0.78 208 3.86 3.50 9.96 8.46
506-21-005 115 23 1/15 75 52 0.78 256 3.86 3.50 9.96 8.46
506-21-006 115 52 1/15 33 110 0.78 330 3.86 3.50 9.96 8.46
506-23-004 230 11.5 1/15 150 25 0.39 208 3.86 3.50 9.96 8.46
506-23-005 230 23 1/15 75 52 0.39 256 3.86 3.50 9.96 8.46
506-23-006 230 52 1/15 33 110 0.39 330 3.86 3.50 9.96 8.46

Delta-Wave Series
Dimensions
Finally, there is a convenient and simple AC 3-phase
motor that can be controlled with a variable frequency
drive. Minarik’s VFD, VFD-PCM, MAC & AC Series drives
take a single phase 115 VAC or 230 VAC input, and out-
puts 115 VAC or 230 VAC respectively, in three phases
to power these motors. Earlier technology and costs pre-
vented 115 VAC, 3-phase motor growth, but now
Minarik offers either the 115 or the 230 VAC system
packaged as a powerful, efficient, cost effective solution
to your motion control needs.

The 38 frame motor features class F2 insulation and is

rated for continuous duty. It is available with a gearhead
to achieve the proper torque and speed you desire.
These gearmotors provide ratios of 11.5, 23 and 52 to
1. They feature precision machined gearing which is
hardened for maximum load capabilities. Geared mod-
X els have oversized output bearings for greater overhung
load capacity and longer life. High carbon output shafts
provide maximum strength and rigidity. All needle bear-
ing journals are precision ground after heat treating to
provide maximum finish and fit. The gearmotors are
designed for mounting at any angle, but shaft up with
motor below is not recommended. Conduit box available
upon request.
See compatibility chart on page 66 for recommended AC
drives.
Optional conduit box and mounting bracket on page 95.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

63
 1/6th Hp TENV
AC 3-phase Motors
D SERIES
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n 3-phase Induction Motor
n 1/6th Hp
n Compatible with Minarik’s VFD, VFD-PCM, MAC
& AC Series drives
AC DRIVES & MOTORS

n Totally enclosed non-ventilated (TENV)

n Geared and non-geared versions

F n Non-geared version comes with footmount

Specifications
TENV • 115 or 230v • Three Phase • 1.0 Service Factor
Over- DIMENSIONS
Input F.L. F.L. hung
Model Voltage Ratio Input Output Torque Amps Load P X XL XH
Number (VAC) to 1 HP RPM (In.-Lb.) VAC (Lb.) Inches
506-21-007 115 10.6 1/6 163 60 1.50 201 3.86 3.50 10.96 9.46
506-21-008 115 29 1/6 60 160 1.50 268 3.86 3.50 10.96 9.46
506-21-009 115 58 1/6 30 324 1.50 330 3.86 3.50 10.96 9.46
506-23-007 230 10.6 1/6 163 60 0.72 201 3.86 3.50 10.96 9.46
506-23-008 230 29 1/6 60 160 0.72 268 3.86 3.50 10.96 9.46
506-23-009 230 58 1/6 30 324 0.72 330 3.86 3.50 10.96 9.46

Delta Wave Series

Finally, there is a convenient and simple AC 3-phase
motor that can be controlled with a variable frequen- Dimensions
cy drive. Minarik’s VFD, VFD-PCM, MAC & AC Series
drives take a single phase 115 VAC or 230 VAC input,
and outputs 115 VAC or 230 VAC respectively, in
three phases to power these motors. Earlier technolo-
gy and costs prevented 115 VAC 3-phase motor
growth, but now Minarik offers either the 115 or the
230 VAC system packages as a powerful, efficient,
cost-effective solution to your motion control needs.

The compact 38 frame motor features class F2 insula-

tion and is rated for continuous duty. It is available
with or without a gearhead to achieve the proper
torque and speed you desire. Gearbox versions are
available in 10.6, 29, and 58 to 1 ratios. They feature
precision machined gearing which is hardened for
maximum load capabilities. Geared models have
oversized output bearings for greater overhung load
X
capacity and longer life. High carbon output shafts
provide maximum strength and rigidity. All needle
bearing journals are precision ground after heat treat-
ing, to provide maximum finish and fit. The gearmo-
tors are designed for mounting at any angle, but shaft
up with motor below is not recommended.

See compatibility chart on page 66 for recommended

AC drives.
Optional conduit box and mounting bracket on page
95.

64 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/2 Hp TEFC
AC 3-phase Motors
F SERIES
FEATURES & BENEFITS

n 3-phase Induction Motor

n Dual voltage windings for either 115 VAC or 230 VAC use

AC DRIVES & MOTORS

n 1/2 Hp
n Compatible with Minarik’s VFD, VFD-PCM, MAC & AC drives
n Totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC)
n Footmount and conduit box standard F

Specifications
TEFC • Three Phase • Fractional HP • 115/230V
Over- DIMENSIONS
F.L. F.L. hung
Model Ratio Input Output Torque Amps Load XL XH
Number to 1 HP RPM (In.-Lb.) 115VAC (Lb.) Inches

506-25-001 13 1/2 133 229 2.0 500 13.80 12.30

506-25-002 42 1/2 41 700 2.0 650 13.80 12.30

Delta Wave Series

Finally, there is a convenient and simple AC 3-phase motor that continuous duty. They are available with or without a gearhead
can be controlled with a variable frequency drive. Minarik’s to achieve the proper torque and speed you desire. Gearbox
VFD, VFD-PCM, MAC and AC drives take a single phase 115 versions are available in 12.7 and 42 to 1 ratios. They feature
VAC or 230 VAC input, and outputs 115 VAC or 230 VAC precision machined gearing which is hardened for maximum
respectively, in three phases to power these motors. Earlier load capabilities. Geared models have oversized output bear-
technology and costs prevented 115 VAC, 3-phase motor ings for greater overhung load capacity and longer life. High
growth, but now Minarik offers either the 115 or the 230 VAC carbon output shafts provide maximum strength and rigidity. All
system packaged as a powerful, efficient solution to your needle bearing journals are precision ground after heat treat-
motion control needs. ing, to provide maximum finish and fit. The gearmotors are
designed for mounting at any angle, but shaft up with motor
This 48 frame motor has dual voltage windings that can be
below is not recommended. See compatibility chart on page 66
powered by either 115 VAC 3 phase input or 230 VAC 3-
for recommended AC drives. Optional conduit box and mount-
phase input. They feature class F2 insulation and are rated for
ing bracket on page 95.

Dimensions

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

65
 In-Line and Right Angle AC Gearmotors
Compatibility Chart

Voltage AC 115 230 115/230

RATED HP 1/15 1/6 1/15 1/6 1/2

506-25-002
506-23-006

506-23-007
506-21-001

506-21-003

506-21-004

506-21-005

506-21-006

506-21-007

506-21-008

506-21-009

506-23-001

506-23-002

506-23-003

506-23-004

506-23-005

506-23-008

506-23-009
506-21-002

506-25-001
Motor
Minarik
AC DRIVES & MOTORS

AC Drives
MAC05-D240AC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MAC05-D240AC-PCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

F AC111S-0.2
AC211S-0.2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
AC112S-0.2 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
AC212B-0.2 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
AC111S-0.4 X X
AC211S-0.4 X X
AC112S-0.4 X X
AC112T-0.4 X X
AC212B-0.2 X X
AC214T-0.4 X X
AC321S-0.2 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
AC421S-0.2 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
AC322S-0.4 X X
AC422S-0.4 X X

AC321T-0.4 X X

AC421S-0.4 X X
AC322T-0.2 X X

AC422T-0.2 X X
AC331S-0.2 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

AC431S-0.2 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
AC332S-0.4 X X

AC432S-0.2 X X
AC331S-0.4 X X
AC431S-0.4 X X
AC332T-0.4 X X
AC432T-0.4 X X
AC351S-0.2 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
AC352S-0.4 X X
AC351S-0.4 X X

AC352S-0.4 X X
VFD01-230AC X X X X X X X X X
VFD01-D230AC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
VFD02-115AC X X X X X X X X X
VFD02-230AC X X X X X X X X X
VFD-D230AC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
VFD04-115AC X X X X X
VFD04-230AC X X X X X

VFD04-D230AC X X X X X X X X
VFD05-D230AC-PCM X X X X X
VFDA4X04-D230AC-PCM X X X X X X X X
VFDP4X04-D230AC-PCM X X X X X X X X
VFDF4X04-D230AC-PCM X X X X X X X X

X = Standard Model

66 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Brushless Technology

Some common BLDC advantages include:

n Ability to control motors over a wide range

B rushless DC (BLDC) systems combine the positive

attributes of AC and DC systems. As a result, their
usage in new applications continues to grow. Permanent
n
of speeds
Precise speed regulation without additional cost
n Rapid acceleration and deceleration capability
magnet (PM) designs are the most popular brush type DC
n Starting torque and dynamic response equal to or
motors sold on the market today. They employ permanent
better than conventional DC drives

BRUSHLESS DC DRIVES
magnets on the stator which in turn react with wound elec-
tromagnets on the rotor. These DC motors incorporate car- n Ability to operate several brushless drives from a
common DC bus
bon brushes which slide over and transmit electrical power
to the commutator which in turn switches power to the rotor
windings to provide smooth rotation. Benefits of this design
n No mechanical wear or conductive brush dust
from brushes
G
include a linear speed-torque performance which is easily Electronic commutation in brushless drives eradicates the
controlled, a small motor diameter, predictable torque need for brushes in the motor, and therefore all associat-
throughout a wide speed range, high starting torque, and ed maintenance. Minarik brushless drives use hall-effect
minimal wiring. sensors located within the motor to determine the rotor
Depending on the application these self commutating position for proper commutation and determination of
motors may cause electrical noise and are susceptible to which power transistors to turn ON to obtain maximum
brush and commutator maintenance or a finite life motor torque. Since commutation now becomes electri-
expectancy. Users who cannot tolerate this motor mainte- cal, only motor bearings suffer from mechanical wear.
nance have sometimes opted for AC motors which are BLDC motors run at higher speeds than PM DC motors
brushless, small, and inexpensive. However, AC systems because the frictional components of mechanical com-
have typically been limited by a narrow speed range, poor mutation do not limit their speed and higher efficiencies
torque output at low speeds, and large expensive drives. can be achieved at higher speeds. BLDC motors provide
Minarik has now introduced our AC variable frequency more reliable performance since environmental issues
MAC drive to combat these very issues and control these such as humidity or elevation do not play a part in the
AC motors in a cost effective package. now non-existent brushes, brush film, voltage drops, and
mechanical wear. If properly sized, and properly pack-
BLDC motors also address several of the pitfalls of the DC aged, your next BLDC motor could handle all your motion
Brush motor, while maintaining the advantages of perma- control needs AND last you a lifetime.
nent magnet DC motor performance. BLDC motors are
similar to permanent magnet AC synchronous motors with
a magnetic rotor and wound stator construction. BLDC Stator
wound stators can rapidly dissipate heat to the housing and Rotor
environment in contrast to PM brush motors which trap the
heat under a non-conductive air gap. This results in greater
efficiency and power density for
the BLDC design and provides
high torque-to-inertia ratios.
Rotor

Stator

Permanent Magnet

Cut-away view of a brushless DC

motor assembly.

Cut-away view of a conventional Permanent Magnet

permanent-magnet DC motor assembly.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

67
 Low Voltage PWM Brushless DC
FEATURES & BENEFITS

n Low voltage: Designed specifically for low voltage brushless motors (24 - 40 VDC).
n Reversing: A low voltage, dry contact switch closure on the terminal will reverse the motor “on the fly”.
n Speed regulation: 3% regulation of base speed.
n User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum and maximum speed.
n Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for Power and Current limit.
BRUSHLESS DC DRIVES

n Quick connect terminal block: Quick and easy wire terminations.

n AC or DC input voltage: Accepts either a DC or AC input power.
Switch selectable Hall spacing: Select either 60° or 120° Hall effect feedback spacing.
G n

L V B L S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Input Voltage Output Voltage Cont. Output Peak Current
Models (VDC) Current (ADC) (ADC)
(AC) (DC)
LVBL02-24AC/DC 24 - 36 24 - 40 24 - 40 2 3

LVBL06-24AC/DC 24 - 36 24 - 40 24 - 40 6 9

LVBL Series Minarik’s LVBL Series is designed to meet the demands

of low voltage brushless motors. The compact chassis is
Typical Applications easy to wire and calibrate with its screw-clamp connec-
n Medical Equipment tor and two trimmer pots for maximum and minimum
n Office Machinery speeds. The low voltage input allows the drive to run
n Food Processing directly off the secondary of a transformer (24 - 36 VAC)
Equipment or from a 24-40 VDC bus. The brushless technology
n Packaging Equipment means the application will run extremely quiet and cool
while maintaining torque throughout the speed range. A
LVBL02-24AC/DC low cost brushless solution is now available in the LVBL
Series.

LVBL Dimensions

0.19 [5]
Typ.

3.58 [91] 0.475 [12]

1.75 [44]
1.25
[32] 0.688
[17]

0.74 [19]

0.25 [6] 3.80 [97]

4.30 [109] All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

68 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/2 to 2 Hp
PWM Brushless DC
FEATURES & BENEFITS

n Reversing: Simple switch wired to terminal block allows you to quickly change directions.
n Speed range and regulation: .1% speed regulation over 80:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, max speed, min speed, current limit, acceleration and deceleration.
n Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power, fault, torque limit and bus limit.
n Stopping modes: The user can brake (N.C.), decelerate (N.O.), or coast the motor to a stop (N.C.).
n Quick connect terminal block: Quick and easy wire terminations.

BRUSHLESS DC DRIVES
n On board power supply: 5VDC, 20mA supply for Hall sensors.
n 22kHz switching frequency: A high switching frequency means a quiet motor!
n Accepts AC or DC voltage: Accepts an AC or DC input voltage. G
n Options and accessories: BOSSDB-115 for dynamic braking.

B O S S 1 Q S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Input Voltage Max. Max. Output Peak Current Form
Models Factor HP Rating
(VAC) (VDC) Current Voltage (amps)
BOSS04AC-1Q 90 - 130 100 - 180 4 130 8 1.025 1/2

BOSS08AC-1Q 90 - 130 100 - 180 8 130 16 1.025 1

BOSS15AC-1Q 90 - 130 100 - 180 15 130 30 1.025 2

BOSS 1Q Series
Typical Applications

Minarik’s BOSS Series of brushless drives provides an n HVAC

exciting alternative to both AC and DC drives for n Machine Tools
motor velocity control in applications 1/2 to 2 Hp. n Medical Equipment
BOSS drives incorporate the desirable attributes of n Printing
AC and DC systems: Little or no maintenance (no n Food Processing
BOSS15AC-1Q
brushes); compact, cool running, and quiet motor n Office Machinery
operation; excellent speed range (80:1); .1% speed n Specialty Machinery
regulation; quick response; high speeds; superb low-
end torque; and no audible switching noise. BOSS 1Q Dimensions

Electrically commutated motors are driven from a

three phase “DC” output (trapezoidal waveform).
Standard drives output 4, 8, or 15 amps continuous
with peak currents reaching 200% of continuous rat- 4.44 [113] 3.00
ing for one second. BOSS drives use hall-effect feed- [76]

back, 60° or 120° spacing, for accurate system oper- 0.19

[5]
ation. 0.70
[18]
6.30 [160]
A removable daughter card (personality module) lets 6.90 [175]
users add additional features to the BOSS drives and
creates a highly versatile product. Diagnostics
include a green power LED; a red current limit LED to
indicate continuous current limit; a red fault LED to 1.23
3.15 [80]
[31]
indicate open or mis-wired hall effect sensors, phase-
0.97
to-phase short-circuit, and peak current limit. [25]
6.90 [175]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

69
 1/2 to 2 Hp
PWM Brushless DC 4 Quadrant
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n 4Q reversing: Regenerative or 4-quadrant drives have the ability to perform quick, contactorless reversing on-the-fly!
n Speed range and regulation: .1% speed regulation over 80:1 speed range in voltage or velocity mode. .05% over 100:1
speed range in tachometer mode.
n User adjustable calibration pots: IR compensation, forward max speed, reverse max speed, min speed, acceleration,
deceleration, reverse current limit, forward current limit, zero offset, gain and tachometer.
n Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for Power and Fault.
Stopping modes: The user can regeneratively brake (N.O.) or coast the motor to a stop (N.C.).
BRUSHLESS DC DRIVES

n Quick connect terminal block: Quick and easy wire terminations!

n Four operating modes: Voltage mode (no feedback), velocity mode, tachometer feedback mode and current mode.†
G n High switching frequency: Power devices switch at 22kHz resulting in a very quiet motor!
n Option and Accessories: BOSSDB-115 or BOSSDB230 regen dump circuits.

B O S S 4 Q S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Models Input Voltage Input Voltage Output Peak Current
Output Voltage Hp Rating Height (A)
(VAC) (VDC) Current (amps)
BOSS04-D240AC-4Q 90 - 240 100-360 4 130 - 240 8 1/2 - 1 3.87 (98)
BOSS08-D240AC-4Q 90 - 240 100-360 8 130 - 240 16 1-2 3.87 (98)

BOSS15-115AC-4Q 90 - 120 100-180 15 130 30 2 2.62 (67)

BOSSDB-115 or BOSSDB-230 circuits may be used to increase the regenerative performance of these drives.
† 1kHz bandwidth response. BOSSxx-D240AC-CM drives are available with quicker response ( up to 3kHz bandwidth) and isolation for applications with front-end controllers.

BOSS 4Q Series
Typical Applications BOSS 4Q Dimensions

n Material Handling
n Pumps
n Office Machinery
n Packaging
C514 IC501 IC503 IC505

Conveyors
QC501 OA
OA QC502 OB QC503 O
OC
(T1) (T2) (T3)

n 4.44 C515
IC502
C516
IC504
C517
IC506

BOSS15-115AC-4Q
HALLS TB503
C501 SW502 60/120

[113]
Exercise Equipment 4.44 [113] TB504

n 3.00
3.00 [76]
IC507

[76] IC501

IL501
503
C507 C508
TH501
C510
C518 C513 T
+VDC
C509
AC1

-VDC

L1
L501

L2

Minarik’s BOSS Series of brushless DC drives provides regenerative

B501

0.70 [18]
0.70 [18]
AC2

BR501

T501

braking from 1/2 to 2 Hp. BOSS drives incorporate the desirable attrib-
utes of AC and DC systems; little or no maintenance (no brushes); com-
pact, cool running, and quiet motor; better than 1% speed regulation;
A
quick response; high speeds; superb low-end torque; and no audible 2.20 [56]

0.97 [25]
switching noise.

The BOSS 4Q can be run in four different modes; voltage mode when
using external velocity controllers to avoid “fighting”; velocity mode
which uses both the internal voltage and velocity loop for excellent reg-
ulation; tach mode for use with tachogenerator feedback of 7-50V/Krpm A
A 2.20 [56]
2.20 [56]

for good low-end speed control; and current mode with a 1kHz band- 0.97 [25]
0.97 [25]

width for controlling torque, excellent with front-end controllers.

6.30 [160]
6.30 [160]

A 10-pin male connector provides non-isolated drive diagnostic outputs. 6.90 [175]
6.90 [175]

A user may obtain the following information: run/stop indication,

tachometer output proportional to speed, fault indication, average RMS All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
current out and phase current out.

70 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 1/2 to 2 Hp
Isolated PWM Brushless DC 4-Quadrant
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n Current mode operation only: Designed for use with front-end servo controllers only.
n 4Q reversing: Regenerative or 4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform quick, contactorless reversing on-the-fly!
n Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded signals either 0- ± 10VDC or a 22-25kHz PWM signal.
n User adjustable calibration pot: Current limit.
n Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for Power and fault.
n Stopping modes: Regenerative braking (N.O.) with an external dumping circuit available for handling the most demanding

BRUSHLESS DC DRIVES
of regen braking applications and coast to a stop (N.C.).
n Quick connect terminal block: Quick and easy wire termination.
High bandwidth: Up to 3kHz bandwidth for high performance.
n

n Modular designs: Same power board as BOSS-1Q and BOSS-4Q.

G
n Accepts AC or DC voltage: Accepts an AC input or DC input voltage of 100-360VDC.
n Options & Accessories: BOSSDB-115 or BOSSDB-230 regen dump circuits.
B O S S C M S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Input Voltage Input Voltage Output Max Output Peak Current Height
Models Hp Rating
(VAC) (VDC) Current Voltage (Amps) (A)
BOSS04-D240AC-CM 90 - 240 100-360 4 130 - 240 8 1/2 - 1 3.87 (98)
BOSS08-D240AC-CM 90 - 240 100-360 8 130 - 240 16 1-2 3.87 (98)
BOSS15-115AC-CM 90 - 120 100-360 15 130 30 2 2.62 (67)

BOSS CM Series
Typical Applications
BOSS CM Dimensions
n Material Handling
n Office Machinery
n Film Processing
n Packaging Machinery
n Elevated Conveying
n Wrapping
BOSS15-115AC-CM
4.44 n Sealing
[113]
3.00
[76]

All BOSS drives incorporate the desirable attributes of AC and DC

0.70 [18] systems; low maintenance due to no brushes, compact, cool running
quiet motor; good speed regulation, quick response, high speeds,
superb low-end torque, all with no audible switching noise! With
Minarik’s BOSS-4Q and CM Series of brushless drives you also get
the added benefit of regenerative operation and braking from 1/2 to
2 Hp.

The CM personality card plugged into the BOSS power board turns
the BOSS into a high-bandwidth (up to 3kHz) servo amplifier. When
combined with a front-end servo controller, the BOSS-CM makes a
A 2.20 [56] very robust and responsive servo system. The BOSS-CM needs no
0.97 [25]
calibration other than a current limit setting, and can accept either a
6.30 [160]
0- ±10VDC or PWM (22-25kHz) reference signal.

6.90 [175] The BOSS-CM has the same mounting footprint and terminal block
layout as the BOSS-4Q. Making it easy to upgrade from the BOSS-
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
4Q (operating in current mode) to the BOSS-CM and get even bet-
ter performance.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

71
 Low Voltage PWM Brushless DC
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n MM footprint: Extremely compact size with an industry standard mounting footprint.
n Reversing: Simple switch wired to terminal block allows you to quickly change direction.
n Speed range and regulation: 0.1% speed regulation over 80:1 speed range.
n User adjustable calibration pots: Min speed, max speed, current limit and gain.
n Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power and fault.
BRUSHLESS DC DRIVES

n Stopping Modes: Brake to a stop (N.C.) or coast to a stop (N.O.) with simple switches wired to terminal block.
n Enable/disable: Open for enable, close for disable.
n Quick connect terminal block: Provides for quick and easy wire terminations.
G n On board power supply: 5VDC, 20mA for Hall sensors.
n 22kHz switching frequency: A high frequency means a quiet motor!
n DC voltage input: Accepts a DC input of 12-40VDC. (Provides output that is 90% of DC input.)

M M B O S S S e r i e s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
Models DC Input Voltage Max. Cont. Phase Max. Cont. Phase Current Peak Phase Current Max. Output Voltage
(VDC) Current (RMS) Limit (RMS) Limit for 1 sec. (RMS) (RMS)

MMBOSS05-24DC-1Q 12-40VDC 5A 7.5A 10A 0-90% of input voltage

Notes: 1) 155C winding temp., all others at 25C; 2) The tolerance on winding constants and resistance (+/-10%), inductance (+/-15%);
3) Peak current is calculated and does not take into effect non-Linearities of the Kt

MMBOSS Series
MMBOSS Dimensions
Typical Applications

n Conveying
n Printing
n Winding
0.19
n Labeling [5]
MMBOSS05-24DC-1Q
n Material Handling
3.58 [91]
n Packaging Machinery 1.75
[44]

0.74
[19] 0.64 [16]

3.80 [97]
The MMBOSS is similar in functionality and performance to the 4.30 [109]
BOSS-1Q Series, while fitting into the MM footprint (an indus-
try standard hole pattern). The MMBOSS accepts a 12-40VDC
input and provides a three phase, trapezoidal DC output for
use with brushless motors using Hall sensors (with 60 or 120
degrees electrical spacing). The MMBOSS is the perfect solu-
tion for low voltage, brushless motors requiring speed control 0.19
[5]
such as packaging, conveying, and wrapping applications.
1.60 1.28 [33]
[41] 0.96 [24]

3.80 [97]

4.30 [109]

All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

72 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Brushless DC
Servo Motors

FEATURES & BENEFITS

n Precision balanced rotors and precision bearings

for quiet operation.
n Precision machined dimensions.
n Samarium Cobalt or Neodymium Iron Boron high-energy
rare earth permanent magnets.
n Low rotor inertias.
Keyed shaft.

BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTORS

n

n TENV, IP65 rating.

n IP64 shaft rating.
n Class F insulation.
H
n Metric frame sizes 55, 70, 92 and 115 mm.
n Nema frame sizes 23, 34, and 42.
n Integral Hall-effect sensors.
n Thermal sensors on windings of -3XX(N) and -4XX(N) motors.
n Optional encoder with commutation tracks available.
n Optional connectors.

BOSS Motor Series

BOSS Motor Series*
Output Voltage Matched No Load Max Torque Ke Drive-Motor Drive-Motor
from Minarik Minarik BOSS Speed at Constant (Volts system system peak Metric Nema
brushless drive Brushless rated voltage (Kt = in- per continuous torque Frame Size Frame Size
Model No. (V) Drive (RPM) lb/A) kRPM) torque (in-lb) (in-lb) in mm (N suffix)
530-XX-210(N) 24* LVBL02/06, 2500 1.6 8 1.4 3.5 55 23
MMBOSS05

530-XX-230(N) 24* LVBL02/06, 1800 3.1 11 2.7 7.4 55 23

MMBOSS05

530-XX-212 24* LVBL06 2500 4.9 8 3.5 6.3 70 N/A

530-XX-270(N) 130/260 2000/3000 6 64 6.0/5.3 22.7/26.0 55 23
530-XX-312(N) 130/260 2000/3000 7 44 7.0/5.2 18.4/22.0 92 34
530-XX-272(N) 130 2500 6 88 5.3 26 55 23
530-XX-330(N) 260 2500 13.3 64 11.1 53 92 34
BOSS04
(115 or 230VAC)
530-XX-332(N) 130/260 2000/3000 13.3 64 13.3/11.1 43.0/43.0 92 34
530-XX-352(N) 130/260 2000/3000 19 64 19.0/17.7 43.0/43.0 92 34
530-XX-334(N) 130/260 2500/4000 13.3 44 11.1/11.1 30.0/30.0 92 34
530-XX-372(N) 130/260 2000/3000 27 64 21.6/21.3 43.0/43.0 92 34
530-XX-354(N) 130 2500 19 44 17.7 26 92 34
530-XX-374(N) 130 2500 27 44 21.3 59 92 34
530-XX-430(N) 260 2500 60 88 46.1 118 115 42
BOSS08
(115 or 230VAC)
530-XX-420(N) 130/260 2000/2500 46 64 43.2/37.2 86.0/86.0 115 42
530-XX-426(N) 260 2500 46 88 37.2 118 115 42
530-XX-412(N) 130 2500 33 44 28.4 59 115 42
530-XX-432(N) 130 2000 60 64 60 162 115 42
530-XX-412(N) 130 BOSS15 2500 33 44 28.4 94 115 42
(115 VAC)

530-XX-422(N) 130 2500 46 44 37.2 111 115 42

*Additional specifications are on page 74-79 including ratings when matched to Minarik brushless drives.
Note:1) Tolerance on resistance and inductance is ±10%. Tolerance on Ke and Kt values are ±15%/-5%

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

73
 55mm and Nema 23
Low Voltage Brushless Servo Motors
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n Compatible with Minarik LVBL and MMBOSS drives.
n Samarium Cobalt permanent magnets.
n Insulation Class F.
n IP65, TENV enclosure.
n IP64, shaft rating.
n Keyed shaft.
n 55mm frame size.
Nema 23 mounting with “N” suffix.
BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTORS

n Flying leads.

B O S S M o t o r S p e c i f i c a t i o n s *
H º
Max
Terminal
Max
Speed
Torque Current Cont.
Torque with
Voltage No Load Peak Cont. Peak Cont. Res. Ind. Inertia Minarik Therm. Weight
Model No. (VDC) (RPM) (in-lb) (in-lb) (A) (A) (ohms) (mH) (in-lb-s²) Drive (in-lb)* (ºC/W) (lb)
530-XX-210(N) 64 8000 6.3 1.6 10.4 2.4 3.9 3.2 .00017 1.4 3.6 2.9

530-XX-230(N) 88 8000 12.7 3.1 15.0 3.3 2.5 2.5 .00021 2.7 2.6 3.3

530-XX-212 66 8000 22 4.9 35 7.2 .57 .96 .00038 3.5 2.6 4.9
*Additional specifications are on page 73, including ratings when matched to Minarik brushless drives.
Note:1) Tolerance on resistance and inductance is ±10%. Tolerance on Ke and Kt values are ±15%/-5%

BOSS Motor Series Feedback Devices (XX). Standard is 04

- 04 = Hall Effect sensor feedback
- 10 = 1000 ppr encoder with U,V,W, commutation
tracks, line driver output, +5VDC, 20mA.
- 20 = 2000 ppr encoder with U,V,W, commutation
tracks, line driver output, +5VDC, 20mA.

The BOSS brushless motor series is a comprehensive motor Continuous TQ

Peak TQ
line designed for use in a variety of demanding applications.

Brushless motors have no brushes to wear out or maintain.

High quality ball bearings are the only mechanical linkage
between the stator and rotor. Commutation is achieved
through a feedback device such as Hall Effect sensors or an
encoder. These high-energy servomotors provide premium
performance by combining Samarium Cobalt magnets with
low inertia rotors giving excellent acceleration and decelera-
tion characteristics. In addition, Samarium Cobalt magnets
have a high resistance to demagnetization allowing for oper-
ation in high peak torque applications.

The BOSS motors specifically listed on this page are for use
with low voltage, trapezoidal DC drives. They are the perfect
match for Minarik's LVBL and MMBOSS low voltage DC brush-
less drives.

If your application requires additional torque, Gator gear

heads mount directly to the BOSS Nema (N) versions.

530-XX-210 with LVBL02 @ 24VDC

*Additional Speed Torque Curves are on page 80-82.

74 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 55/92 mm and Nema 23/34
Brushless Servo Motors
FEATURES & BENEFITS H
n Compatible with BOSS04 brushless drives.
n Samarium Cobalt permanent magnets.
n Insulation Class F.
n IP65, TENV enclosure.
n IP64, shaft rating.
n Keyed shaft.
n 55mm (2XX) and 92mm (3XX) frame sizes.
n Nema 23 (on 55mm) or Nema 34 (on 92mm) with “N” suffix.

BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTORS

n Flying leads.
B O S S M o t o r S p e c i f i c a t i o n s *
Max Max Torque Current Cont. Torque
º Terminal Speed
Voltage No Load Peak Cont. Peak Cont. Res. Ind. Inertia
with
BOSS04 Therm. Weight H
Model No. (VDC) (RPM) (in-lb) (in-lb) (A) (A) (ohms) (mH) (in-lbs²) Drive (in-lb)* (ºC/W) (lb)
530-XX-270(N) 390 8000 26 6 5.6 1.1 30 38 .00031 6.0 (5.3) 2.2 4.4

530-XX-272(N) 350 8000 26 6 7.6 1.6 14 16 .00031 5.3 2.2 4.4

530-XX-312(N) 380 6000 22 7 5.9 1.1 37 114 .00079 7.0 (5.2) 1.7 7.7

530-XX-330(N) 530 6000 53 13.3 8.8 1.8 18 82 .00113 11.1 1.35 9.5

*Additional specifications are on page 73, including ratings when matched to Minarik brushless drives.
Note:1) Tolerance on resistance and inductance is ±10%. Tolerance on Ke and Kt values are ±15%/-5%

Feedback Devices (XX). Standard is 08

BOSS Motor Series
- 08 = Hall Effect sensor feedback
- 10 = 1000 ppr encoder with U,V,W, commutation tracks,
line driver output, +5VDC, 20mA.
- 20 = 2000 ppr encoder with U,V,W, commutation tracks,
line driver output, +5VDC, 20mA.

Continuous TQ
Peak TQ

The BOSS brushless motor series is a comprehensive motor line

designed for use in a variety of demanding applications.

Brushless motors have no brushes to wear out or maintain. High

quality ball bearings are the only mechanical linkage between the
stator and rotor. Commutation is achieved through a feedback
device such as Hall Effect sensors or an encoder.

These high-energy servomotors provide premium performance by

combining Samarium Cobalt magnets with low inertia rotors giv-
ing excellent acceleration and deceleration characteristics. In
addition, Samarium Cobalt magnets have a high resistance to
demagnetization allowing for operation in high peak torque appli-
cations.

Although the BOSS motors on this page can be used with other
trapezoidal brushless DC drives we recommend they be matched
with our BOSS04 brushless DC drives. (See specs on page 73)

If your application requires additional torque, Gator gear heads

mount directly to the BOSS Nema (N) versions.
530-XX-272 with BOSS04 @ 115VAC
*Additional Speed Torque Curves are on page 80-82.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

75
 92 mm and Nema 34
Brushless Servo Motors
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n Compatible with BOSS04 brushless drives.
n Samarium Cobalt permanent magnets.
n Insulation Class F.
n IP65, TENV enclosure.
n IP64, shaft rating.
n Keyed shaft.
n 92mm frame sizes.
n Nema 34 mountings with “N” suffix.
n Flying leads.
BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTORS

n Thermal sensors.
B O S S M o t o r S p e c i f i c a t i o n s *
Max Max Torque Current Cont. Torque
H º Terminal
Voltage
No Load
Speed Peak Cont. Peak Cont. Res. Ind. Inertia
with
BOSS04 Therm. Weight
Model No. (VDC) (RPM) (in-lb) (in-lb) (A) (A) (ohms) (mH) (in-lbs²) Drive (in-lb)* (ºC/W) (lb)
530-XX-332(N) 380 6000 53 13.3 12.2 2.4 10.4 43 .00113 13.3 (11.1) 1.35 9.5

530-XX-334(N) 260 6000 53 13.3 18 4.8 4.6 20 .00113 11.1 (11.1) 1.35 9.5

530-XX-352(N) 380 6000 76 19 18 3.6 5.4 30 .0015 19.0 (17.7) 1.09 11.5

530-XX-372(N) 380 6000 104 27 24 4.9 3.4 19 .0018 21.6 (21.3) .99 12.8

*Additional specifications are on page 73, including ratings when matched to Minarik brushless drives. Note:1) Tolerance on resistance and inductance is ±10%.
Tolerance on Ke and Kt values are ±15%/-5%

BOSS Motor Series Feedback Devices (XX). Standard is 08

- 08 = Hall Effect sensor feedback
- 10 = 1000 ppr encoder with U,V,W, commutation tracks,
line driver output, +5VDC, 20mA.
The BOSS brushless motor series is a comprehensive motor
- 20 = 2000 ppr encoder with U,V,W, commutation tracks,
line designed for use in a variety of demanding applications. line driver output, +5VDC, 20mA.

Brushless motors have no brushes to wear out or maintain.

High quality ball bearings are the only mechanical linkage Continuous TQ
Peak TQ
between the stator and rotor. Commutation is achieved
through a feedback device such as Hall Effect sensors or an
encoder.

These high-energy servomotors provide premium perfor-

mance by combining Samarium Cobalt magnets with low
inertia rotors giving excellent acceleration and deceleration
characteristics. In addition, Samarium Cobalt magnets have
a high resistance to demagnetization allowing for operation
in high peak torque applications.

Although the BOSS motors on this page can be used with

other trapezoidal brushless DC drives we recommend they be
matched with our BOSS04 brushless DC drives.

If your application requires additional torque, Gator gear

heads mount directly to the BOSS Nema (N) versions.

530-XX-332 with BOSS04 @ 115VAC

*Additional Speed Torque Curves are on page 80-82.

76 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 92 mm and Nema 34
Brushless Servo Motors
FEATURES & BENEFITS

n Compatible with BOSS08 brushless drives.

n Samarium Cobalt permanent magnets.
n Insulation Class F.
n IP65, TENV enclosure.
n IP64, shaft rating.
n Keyed shaft.
n 92mm frame sizes.
Nema 34 mounting with “N” suffix.

BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTORS

n

n Flying leads.
n Thermal sensors.

B o s s M o t o r S p e c i f i c a t i o n s H
Max Max Torque Current
º Cont. Torque
Terminal Mechanical with
Model No. Voltage Speed Peak Cont. Peak Cont. Res. Ind. Inertia BOSS08 Therm. Weight
(VDC) (RPM) (in-lb) (in-lb) (A) (A) (ohms) (mH) (in-lb-s²) Drive (in-lb)* (ºC/W) (lb)
530-08-354(N) 260 6000 26 19 25 5.2 2.8 14 .00015 17.7 1.09 11.5

530-08-374(N) 260 6000 104 27 35 7.1 1.5 8.9 .00018 21.3 .99 12.8
*Additional specifications are on page 73, including ratings when matched to Minarik brushless drives.
Note:1) Tolerance on resistance and inductance is ±10%. Tolerance on Ke and Kt values are ±15%/-5%

BOSS Motor Series

Feedback Devices (XX). Standard is 08
- 08 = Hall Effect sensor feedback
- 10 = 1000 ppr encoder with U,V,W, commutation tracks,
line driver output, +5VDC, 20mA.
- 20 = 2000 ppr encoder ith U,V,W, commutation tracks,
line driver output, +5VDC, 20mA.

Continuous TQ
Peak TQ The BOSS brushless motor series is a comprehensive motor line
designed for use in a variety of demanding applications.

Brushless motors have no brushes to wear out or maintain. High

quality ball bearings are the only mechanical linkage between the
stator and rotor. Commutation is achieved through a feedback
device such as Hall Effect sensors or an encoder.

These high-energy servomotors provide premium performance by

combining Samarium Cobalt magnets with low inertia rotors giv-
ing excellent acceleration and deceleration characteristics. In
addition, Samarium Cobalt magnets have a high resistance to
demagnetization allowing for operation in high peak torque appli-
cations.

Although the BOSS motors on this page can be used with other
trapezoidal brushless DC drives we recommend they be matched
with our BOSS08 brushless DC drives.

If your application requires additional torque, Gator gear heads

mount directly to the BOSS Nema (N) versions.

530-XX-354 with BOSS08 @ 115VAC

*Additional Speed Torque Curves are on page 80-82.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

77
 115 mm and Nema 42
Brushless Servo Motors
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n Compatible with BOSS08 brushless drives.
n Neodymium Iron Boron permanent magnets.
n Insulation Class F.
n IP65, TENV enclosure.
n IP64, shaft rating.
n Keyed shaft.
BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTORS

n 115mm frame sizes.

n Nema 42 mountings with “N” suffix.
n Flying leads.
n Thermal sensors.
H B O S S M o t o r S p e c i f i c a t i o n s *
Max Max Torque Current Cont. Torque
º Terminal No Load with
Voltage Speed Peak Cont. Peak Cont. Res. Ind. Inertia BOSS08 Therm. Weight
Model No. (VDC) (RPM) (in-lb) (in-lb) (A) (A) (ohms) (mH) (in-lbs²) Drive (in-lb)* (ºC/W) (lb)
530-XX-412(N) 260 6000 94 33 30 8.8 1.29 6.9 .0025 28.4 .79 15

530-XX-420(N) 380 6000 139 46 50 8.5 1.5 9.4 .0035 43.2 (37.2) .74 17

530-XX-426(N) 530 6000 139 46 22 6.2 2.9 18 .0035 37.2 .74 17

530-XX-430(N) 530 6000 180 60 29 8.1 1.7 12.6 .0046 46.1 .7 20

*Additional specifications are on page 73, including ratings when matched to Minarik brushless drives.
Note:1) Tolerance on resistance and inductance is ±10%. Tolerance on Ke and Kt values are ±15%/-5%

BOSS Motor Series Feedback Devices (XX). Standard is 08

- 08 = Hall Effect sensor feedback
- 10 = 1000 ppr encoder with U,V,W, commutation tracks,
line driver output, +5VDC, 20mA.
- 20 = 2000 ppr encoder with U,V,W, commutation tracks,
line driver output, +5VDC, 20mA.

Continuous TQ
Peak TQ

The BOSS brushless motor series is a comprehensive motor line

designed for use in a variety of demanding applications.

Brushless motors have no brushes to wear out or maintain.

High quality ball bearings are the only mechanical linkage
between the stator and rotor. Commutation is achieved through
a feedback device such as Hall Effect sensors or an encoder.

These high-energy servomotors provide excellent and cost effec-

tive performance by combining Neodymium Iron Boron mag-
nets with low inertia rotors.

Although the BOSS motors on this page can be used with other
trapezoidal brushless DC drives we recommend they be
matched with our BOSS08 brushless DC drives.

If your application requires additional torque, Gator gear heads

mount directly to the BOSS Nema (N) versions.

530-XX-412 with BOSS08 @ 115VAC

*Additional Speed Torque Curves are on page 80-82.

78 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 115 mm and Nema 42
Brushless Servo Motors
FEATURES & BENEFITS
n Compatible with BOSS15 brushless drives.
n Neodymium Iron Boron permanent magnets.
n Insulation Class F.
n IP65, TENV enclosure.
n IP64, shaft rating.
n Keyed shaft.
n 115mm frame sizes.
Nema 42 mounting with “N” suffix.

BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTORS

n

n Flying leads.
n Thermal sensors.

Max Max
B O S S M o t o r S p e c i f i c a t i o n s *
H
Torque Current Cont.
º Terminal Speed Torque with
Voltage No Load Peak Cont. Peak Cont. Res. Ind. Inertia Minarik Therm. Weight
Model No. (VDC) (RPM) (in-lb) (in-lb) (A) (A) (ohms) (mH) (in-lb-s²) BOSS15 Drive (ºC/W) (lb)
(in-lb)*
530-XX-412(N) 260 6000 94 33 30 8.8 1.29 6.9 .0025 28.4 .79 15

530-XX-422(N) 260 6000 139 46 44 12.4 .72 4.4 .0035 37.2 .74 17

530-XX-432(N) 380 6000 180 60 41 11.1 .9 6.7 .0046 60.0 .7 20

*Additional specifications are on page 73, including ratings when matched to Minarik brushless drives.
Note:1) Tolerance on resistance and inductance is ±10%. Tolerance on Ke and Kt values are ±15%/-5%

Feedback Devices (XX). Standard is 08 BOSS Motor Series

- 08 = Hall Effect sensor feedback
- 10 = 1000 ppr encoder with U,V,W, commutation tracks,
line driver output, +5VDC, 20mA.
- 20 = 2000 ppr encoder with U,V,W, commutation tracks,
line driver output, +5VDC, 20mA.

Continuous TQ
Peak TQ

The BOSS brushless motor series is a comprehensive motor line

designed for use in a variety of demanding applications.

Brushless motors have no brushes to wear out or maintain.

High quality ball bearings are the only mechanical linkage
between the stator and rotor. Commutation is achieved through
a feedback device such as Hall Effect sensors or an encoder.

These high-energy servomotors provide excellent and cost effec-

tive performance by combining Neodymium Iron Boron mag-
nets with low inertia rotors.

Although the BOSS motors on this page can be used with other
trapezoidal brushless DC drives we recommend they be
matched with our BOSS15 brushless DC drives.

If your application requires additional torque, Gator gear heads

mount directly to the BOSS Nema (N) versions.

530-XX-412 with BOSS15

*Additional Speed Torque Curves are on page 80-82.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

79
 Brushless Motors
Speed Torque Curves
Torque loss or torque rippling may occur when running in velocity mode at speeds under 300 RPM.
Cogging may also occur at speeds less than 300 RPM

Continuous TQ Continuous TQ Continuous TQ

Peak TQ Peak TQ Peak TQ
BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTORS

H
530-XX-230 with LVBL06
or MMBOSS05 @ 24V 530-XX-230 with LVBL06 @ 24V 530-XX-212 with LVBL06 @ 24V

Continuous TQ Continuous TQ Continuous TQ

Peak TQ Peak TQ Peak TQ

530-XX-270 with BOSS04 @ 115VAC 530-XX-270 with BOSS04 @ 230VAC 530-XX-312 with BOSS04 @ 115VAC

Continuous TQ Continuous TQ Continuous TQ

Peak TQ Peak TQ Peak TQ

530-XX-312 with BOSS04 @ 230VAC

530-XX-330 with BOSS04 @ 230VAC 530-XX-332 with BOSS04 @ 230VAC

80 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Brushless Motors
Speed Torque Curves
Torque loss or torque rippling may occur when running in velocity mode at speeds under 300 RPM.
Cogging may also occur at speeds less than 300 RPM

Continuous TQ Continuous TQ Continuous TQ

Peak TQ Peak TQ Peak TQ

BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTORS

H
530-XX-352 with BOSS04 @ 115VAC
530-XX-334 with BOSS04 @ 115VAC 530-XX-334 with BOSS04 @ 230VAC

Continuous TQ Continuous TQ Continuous TQ

Peak TQ Peak TQ Peak TQ

530-XX-352 with BOSS04 @ 115VAC 530-XX-372 with BOSS04 @ 115VAC 530-XX-372 with BOSS04 @ 230VAC

Continuous TQ Continuous TQ Continuous TQ

Peak TQ Peak TQ Peak TQ

530-XX-420 with BOSS08 @ 115VAC 530-XX-420 with BOSS08 @ 230VAC

530-XX-374 with BOSS08 @ 115VAC

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

81
 Brushless Motors
Speed Torque Curves
Torque loss or torque rippling may occur when running in velocity mode at speeds under 300 RPM.
Cogging may also occur at speeds less than 300 RPM
Continuous TQ Continuous TQ Continuous TQ
Peak TQ Peak TQ Peak TQ
BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTORS

H
530-XX-432 with BOSS15 @ 115VAC
530-XX-426 with BOSS08 @ 230VAC 530-XX-430 with BOSS08 @ 230VAC

Continuous TQ
Peak TQ

530-XX-442 with BOSS15 @ 115VAC

82 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Planetary Gearheads

Minarik's
Gator Series Gearheads

T oday’s high energy motors can produce large

GEARHEADS
torques while operating at high speeds. At
times, this can put a mechanical strain or create res-
olution problems on all the devices that are trying to
utilize this power. Minarik’s Gator Series Gearheads
are the solutions to link your motor to these demand-
ing applications. This true planetary gearhead can I
reduce your speed while multiplying the torque output
to properly harness all of your motor’s power.

Planetary gearheads take the speed and torque

developed at the motor’s output shaft pinion (sun
gear) and effectively divides it into three orbiting plan-
Gator Series Gearheads
etary gears. These planet gears react off of two dif-
ferent gear engagements; the rotating sun gear on Here are a few common features that Minarik provides
one side and the stationary ring gear that surrounds standard:
the entire assembly on the other side. The number of
teeth on the sun, planet, and ring gears determine the n Thru hardened 17- 4 Stainless Steel Output shafts
ratio of how much the speed will be reduced and how n Oversized sealed bearings for large radial loads
much gain will result in output torque. n Hard Anodized mounting brackets and powdered
coated body
The ring gear engagement forces the planet gears to n O-Ring gasketed assembly
rotate in relative motion to the sun gear. This power, n Input and output shaft seals
which had earlier been dispersed to three planet n Precision cut AGMA 10 gears (minimum)
gears, is now collectively harnessed back through the n Double clamping Integrated pinion gear providing
planet gear bearing journals into a carrier plate the highest strength and accuracy available
which in turn drives a subsequent stage or your out- n Easy mounting to the BLDC motors
put shaft. Although it may sound simple in theory, the and all Nema Standard interfaces
details of proper design segregate one manufacturer n High efficiency and low backlash
from another. n Semi-grease for quiet operation and better lubrication
Most planetary gearheads take advantage of the gear (No-grease slinging)
load sharing nature inherent in a planetary design n Stainless Steel hardened alloy gears and carrier plates
which reduces concentrated tooth loading and maxi- n Precision ground planet gear journals and needle
mizes torque capabilities. They symmetrically balance bearing support
all gear engagements so no radial loading results. n IP65 rating
Low backlash and high efficiency are also common
All of our gearheads have been tested to verify the superi-
characteristics of this design. The advantages of
or ratings the Gator Series Gearheads produce. Our
Minarik’s Gator Series planetary gearheads goes
advantages stem from engineering expertise in material
beyond these common characteristics.
selection, precision machine quality, service, and cost. We
do not believe you can find a better planetary gearhead on
the market today. Compare the backlash, torque, and
speed ratings between our planetary and any competitor,
then call us for pricing and delivery. When you make these
fair comparisons, you’ll find that Minarik Gator Series
Gearheads produce an unfair advantage.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

83
 17/23 Frame
Planetary Gearheads

WEIGHT BACKLASH
Ratios 4:1 to 10:1= 1.1 lbs Ratios 4:1 to 10:1
Ratios 16:1 to 100:1= 1.76 lbs Standard = 6 arc-minutes
INPUT RPM RANGE Low backlash unit = 3 arc-
0 to 5000 RPM minutes (add -L to part #)
TEMPERATURE RANGE Ratios 16:1 to 100:1
-20 to 250 F° Standard = 10 arc-minutes
PEAK TORQUE Low backlash unit = 7 arc-
15% above continuous rating minutes (add -L to part #)

17 Gator Planetary Gearheads

Cont. output Cont. output Cont. output Gearhead
torque @ 1500 torque @ 3500 torque @ 5000 inertia at input
GEARHEADS

Part Number Ratio (lb-in-sec2)

RPM input (in-lbs) RPM input (in-lbs) RPM input (in-lbs)
518-41-004 4:1 177 136 116 1.60 X 10-5
518-41-005 5.5:1 157 129 113 1.10 X 10-5
518-41-007 7:1 143 122 110 9.56 X 10-6
518-41-010 10:1 113 101 93 8.36 X 10-6
518-41-016 16:1 211 194 182 1.59 X 10-5
I 518-41-028 28:1 218 207 199 9.54 X 10-6
518-41-040 40:1 212 212 207 8.35 X 10-6
518-41-049 49:1 158 154 152 9.44 X 10-6
518-41-070 70:1 160 156 154 8.30 X 10-6
518-41-100 100:1 122 120 119 8.29 X 10-6
Note: Repeated peak torque loading may cause failure. See page 86 for dimensional drawings.

Gator Series

WEIGHT BACKLASH
Ratios 4:1 to 10:1= 2.2 lbs Ratios 4:1 to 10:1
Ratios 16:1 to 100:1= 3.63 lbs Standard = 6 arc-minutes
INPUT RPM RANGE Low backlash unit = 3 arc-
0 to 5000 RPM minutes (add -L to part #)
TEMPERATURE RANGE Ratios 16:1 to 100:1
-20 to 250 F° Standard = 10 arc-minutes
PEAK TORQUE Low backlash unit = 7 arc-
15% above continuous rating minutes (add -L to part #)

23 Gator Planetary Gearheads

Cont. output Cont. output Cont. output Gearhead
torque @ 1500 torque @ 3500 torque @ 5000 inertia at input
Part Number Ratio (lb-in-sec2)
RPM input (in-lbs) RPM input (in-lbs) RPM input (in-lbs)
518-42-004 4:1 410 294 242 5.24 X 10-5
518-42-005 5.5:1 373 288 247 2.65 X 10-5
518-42-007 7:1 344 279 245 1.93 X 10-5
518-42-010 10:1 277 238 215 1.35 X 10-5
518-42-016 16:1 521 463 427 5.32 X 10-5
518-42-028 28:1 545 506 481 1.96 X 10-5
518-42-040 40:1 553 525 506 1.36 X 10-5
518-42-049 49:1 400 385 375 1.90 X 10-5
518-42-070 70:1 404 393 385 1.33 X 10-5
518-42-100 100:1 308 303 298 1.33 X 10-5
Note: Repeated peak torque loading may cause failure. See page 86 for dimensional drawings.

84 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 34/42 Frame
Planetary Gearheads

WEIGHT BACKLASH
Ratios 4:1 to 10:1= 5.94 lbs Ratios 4:1 to 10:1
Ratios 16:1 to 100:1= 9.68 lbs Standard = 6 arc-minutes
INPUT RPM RANGE Low backlash unit = 3 arc-
0 to 5000 RPM minutes (add -L to part #)
TEMPERATURE RANGE Ratios 16:1 to 100:1
-20 to 250 F° Standard = 10 arc-minutes
PEAK TORQUE Low backlash unit = 7 arc-
15% above continuous rating minutes (add -L to part #)

34 Gator Planetary Gearheads

Cont. output Cont. output Cont. output Gearhead
torque @ 1500 torque @ 3500 torque @ 5000 inertia at input

GEARHEADS
Part Number Ratio (lb-in-sec2)
RPM input (in-lbs) RPM input (in-lbs) RPM input (in-lbs)
518-43-004 4:1 972 643 513 2.77 X 10-4
518-43-005 5.5:1 913 657 543 1.51 X 10-4
518-43-007 7:1 859 653 554 1.11 X 10-4
518-43-010 10:1 707 575 505 7.90 X 10-5
518-43-016 16:1 1350 1145 1027 2.86 X 10-4
518-43-028 28:1 1432 1293 1203 1.14 X 10-4
I
518-43-040 40:1 1469 1362 1293 8.04 X 10-5
518-43-049 49:1 1067 1010 971 1.11 X 10-4
518-43-070 70:1 1081 1040 1010 7.90 X 10-5
518-43-100 100:1 827 805 790 7.87 X 10-5
Note: Repeated peak torque loading may cause failure. See page 86 for dimensional drawings.

Gator Series

WEIGHT BACKLASH
Ratios 4:1 to 10:1= 10.3 lbs Ratios 4:1 to 10:1
Ratios 16:1 to 49:1= 16.8 lbs Standard = 6 arc-minutes
INPUT RPM RANGE Low backlash unit = 3 arc-
0 to 5000 RPM minutes (add -L to part #)
Ratios 16:1 to 49:1
TEMPERATURE RANGE Standard = 10 arc-minutes
-20 to 250 F° Low backlash unit = 7 arc-
minutes (add -L to part #)

42 Gator Planetary Gearheads

Cont. output Cont. output Cont. output Peak output Gearhead
torque @ 1500 torque @ 3500 torque @ 5000 torque inertia at input
Part Number Ratio (lb-in-sec2)
RPM input (in-lbs) RPM input (in-lbs) RPM input (in-lbs) (in-lbs)
518-44-004 4:1 1993 1256 983 2491 1.02 X 10-3
518-44-005 5.5:1 1913 1312 1062 2391 5.87 X 10-4
518-44-007 7:1 1826 1327 1101 2283 4.56 X 10-4
518-44-010 10:1 1527 1196 1029 1909 3.52 X 10-4
518-44-016 16:1 3346 2745 2419 4183 1.05 X 10-3
518-44-028 28:1 3599 3173 2913 4498 4.65 X 10-4
518-44-040 40:1 3711 3383 3173 4639 3.57 X 10-4
518-44-049 49:1 2710 2530 2411 3388 4.56 X 10-4
Note: Peak torque listed for emergency situations. Repeated peak torque loading may cause failure. See page 86 for dimensional drawings.

NEMA 56 Gator Series Planetary Gearheads also available in ratios

4, 5.5, 7, 10, 16, 28, 40 and 49:1. Please consult your Minarik
representative for detailed information.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

85
 Dimensional Drawings
Planetary Gearheads
Input Shaft Dia: .2"

"A"

17 FRAME
Description Dim "A"
Single Stage
(4:1 to 10:1) 2.869±.015

Double Stage
(16:1 to 100:1) 3.738±.015
GEARHEADS

Input Shaft Dia: .25"

23 FRAME
I Description Dim "A"
Single Stage
(4:1 to 10:1) 3.146±.015

Double Stage
(16:1 to 100:1) 4.249±.015

Gator Series
34 FRAME

Input Shaft Dia: .5"

Description Dim "A"

Single Stage
(4:1 to 10:1) 4.063±.015

Double Stage
(16:1 to 100:1) 5.431±.015

42 FRAME

Input Shaft Dia: .63"

1.001
/.9998

Description Dim "A"

Single Stage
(4:1 to 10:1) 5.407±.015

Double Stage
(16:1 to 49:1) 7.020±.015

• Custom mounting configurations available upon request.

86 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Digital Controls
FEATURES & BENEFITS

n Excellent Speed Regulation: 0.05% speed regulation of set speed provides for tight control
throughout a 200:1 speed range.

n Pushbutton Programming: Three front panel pushbuttons provide quick and easy programming.

n 4-Digit LED Display: Red 0.5 inch (13 mm) wide digits for good visibility.

n Programmable Decimal Point: Makes specific application readouts easy.

n Inhibit Terminal: A low voltage, dry contact closure on the inhibit terminal will reduce the output to zero.

n Selectable Feedback Devices: Controls accept magnetic pickup, hall effect, inductive proximity sensor or encoder input.

ACCESSORIES
n + 5 VDC or + 12 VDC (10 mA) Power Supply: Provided to power feedback devices.

DLC Series Specifications

AC Line AC Line Acceptable Feedback Analog Output Power Supply Speed Feedback
Model
Voltage Power Sources Voltage Range Voltage for Regulation Frequency
Range
Feedback Devices
•115 or 230 •Hall Effect Sensor
(VAC) ±10% •Electromagnetic Pickup
DLC600
•50/60 HZ,
5.5 watts
nominally •5 or 12 VDC NPN-type
encoder or proximity switch
0 to +10 VDC
+5 VDC or +12
VDC @ 10 mA
0.05%
10 to
3000Hz*
J
Single phase
•Encoder
*System speed range may be limited by other factors, such as motor type, drive type, feedback resolution, etc.

Minarik’s DLC600 precisely controls

your closed loop application speed. The
DLC Series
DLC600’s dual voltage capability
allows it to replace Minarik’s older DLC Typical Applications
products. An encoder or proximity
n Food Processing
switch, hall effect sensor, or electromag-
Equipment
netic pickup can provide the necessary
n Material Handling
feedback. Any engineering units, from
Equipment
revolutions per minute, to widgets per
n Conveyors
day can be used to display and program
n Winding Machinery DLC600
the speed. The large 4-digit LED display
n Film Processors
allows you to easily see exactly what
n Extruders
speed you are running. When it comes
to low-cost closed loop control, the
DLC600 is your solution.

DLC Dimensions

3.75 [95]
4.53 [115]
1.73
2.13 [54] [44]

0.25 [6]
0.85 [22]

3.38 [86]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

87
 Digital Controls

FEATURES & BENEFITS

n Four Operating Modes: Displays 1) speed of application or multiple of it 2) time in process indicating duration of
application 3) the inverse speed (i.e., minutes per revolution) 4) number of counts received from feedback device.

n Selectable Feedback Devices: Accepts magnetic pickup, hall effect, inductive proximity sensor or
encoder input.

n +5 VDC (50mA) or +12 VDC (25mA) power supply: Provided to power feedback device.

n Wide Frequency Range: Accepts 0 - 20,000 Hz from feedback device.

n Easy to Read Display: 4-digit LED display is 0.7" (17.5 mm).

ACCESSORIES

VT8 Series Specifications

Acceptable Feedback Power Supply
Models AC Line Voltage AC Line Power Frequency Voltage for
Feedback Sources Range Feedback Devices
•5 or 12 VDC NPN-
type encoder or prox-
115 VAC/ imity switch
5.5 watts 0 - 20,000 Hz +5 VDC or
VT8-D230AC 230 VAC ±10%,
nominally •Hall Effect Sensor
J 50/60 Hz
•Electromagnetic
+12 VDC

Pickup

VT8 Series VT8 Dimensions

3.750
[95]

Typical Applications
2.125
[54]
n Food Processing
Equipment
n Material Handling
VT8-D230AC
Equipment
n Conveyors
n Winding Machinery 1.725
[44]
n Extruders

Minarik’s VT8 Series is the choice when it comes to digital

0.250 [6]
tachometers.

The VT8 Series provides a simple and accurate readout for any
object that has an optical encoder, magnetic pickup, or any-
thing else that can generate a frequency related to what you
wish to measure.

There are four modes to choose from: tachometer mode for 4.525
speed in any engineering unit, time in process for indicating the [115]

duration of an application, the inverse of speed (such as min-

utes per revolution), and basic totalizer for counting the fre-
quency of the speed sensor.

3.375 0.388 [10]

[86]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

88 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Encoder Feedback Devices
PK Series Specifications
Electrical Input
Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15VDC
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Milliamperes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Milliamperes . . . . . . . . .12 Milliamperes
Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . .±10%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .±10%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .±10%
Electrical Output (All Models)
Wave shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Square wave nominal
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Less than 10 Microseconds
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sink 0.8 Milliamperes @ 0.4 Volts (NPN)
Pulses per revolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 to 64 (specify)
Mechanical
Shaft speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20000 RPM maximum

ACCESSORIES
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Either direction
Hub bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.187" PK24, 0.250" PK23
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Delrin (black)
Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-conductor 24 AWG shielded (with drain)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 ounces

The PK Series Encoder is available in several configurations as defined by its complete model number:

PK2W - XX - YYV

W = Series:
YY = Input voltage (volts DC): 5, 12, 15, 24
(Other voltages may by available. Consult Factory)
J
3 = Bodine style (1.812" mounting centers, #40-40 screw)
4 = Bison style (1.500" mounting centers, #6-32 screw)* XX = Pulses Per Revolution (PPR): 2, 4, 8, 10, 30, 32, 60, 64
(Other choices may be available. Consult factory)

PK Series
The PK23 and PK24 Series encoders are the newest additions to
the Minarik encoder family. These encoders output a channel
square wave to provide more accurate speed indication and reg-
ulation when used with digital accessories. Their hollow shaft
design allows for easy installation without tedious alignment pro-
cedures. The accuracy and ease of installation make the PK23
and PK24 Series the ideal choice for your encoder feedback.
PK23

PK Dimensions

Mounting holes (2)

PK23 - 1.812” centers
Put one drop of Loctite® Mounting holes (2)
609 inside hub before Mounting holes
installing on shaft Hub (2) PK24 - 1.5”
Install with hub centers
centered in
housing and
flush to rear
face of housing. Plastic
0.010 radial housing
and 0.020 axial
2.000"±.010 motion is
allowed in use.

10 - 32 puller
thread for Red - +VDC.
removing hub 12 mA input

0.900"±.010 Shield
White - pulse

24 AWG shielded Black - common

All dimensions in inches

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

89
 Drive Accessories

Isolation Card (Open Chassis)

The PCM4 card is a compact and cost-effective solution for process control applications. Powered by 115 or 230 VAC, the
PCM4 uses Burr Brown® Technology to isolate and condition incoming DC voltage signals from process controllers, motors,
transducers, microprocessors or any signal. Typically, the output of the PCM4 connects to the input of a motor drive; hence,
incompatible devices safely couple to yield a higher level of automation. Integrating this isolation card allows drives to follow
any non-isolated external voltage or current analog process control signal.

Dip-switch selectable, the PCM4 can follow any input voltage signal, grounded or ungrounded, from -250 to +250 VDC,
and any input current signal from 1 to 50 mA. In response to the input, the PCM4 outputs an isolated bipolar signal from -
ACCESSORIES

12 to +12 VDC @ 10 mA, 0.01% linearity yields precise results. High resolution multi-turn pots lets users scale the output to
within millivolts of the input or any desired proportion within the range of the output. Users may elect to control devices in
manual mode using normal potentiometer operation rather than from an external signal input.

J
PCM4 Isolation Adder Board 200-0386A -PCM

Adder Boards
Isolation Adder Board (Regenerative Drives Only)

Minarik regenerative drives increase their versatility and application capability when incorporating low-cost adder boards. Now
as a standard product, users can retrofit isolation adder boards to the RG300UA, RG310UA, RG400UA, RG500UA,
RG510UA, RGT300U, RGT310U, and RGT400U and thereby increase the automation capability of their system. After users
mount the board to the drive, it can follow any external voltage or current signal; much like the PCM4. The added option
increases the height dimension by 1.5 “, while all other parameters remain unchanged. In addition, the board has a direction
input feature which can interpret a 0 to 10 VDC signal as a 0 to -10 VDC signal for bipolar operation from a unipolar signal
input.

To obtain the isolation board for the RG500 Series, order 200-0416; RG400 and RGT400Series, specify 200-0417 and for
the RG300 and RGT300 Series, order 200-0418.

Pre-Mounted Isolation Board (-PCM suffix)

We also offer many drives with a pre-mounted isolation board attached by the factory. These drives are ordered with
a -PCM suffix. Examples are MMXL-PCM, MAC05-D240AC-PCM, and VFD01-230AC-PCM. Other adder board
options are available upon request, contact your local Minarik representative.

Limit Switch Logic Board (Open Chassis)

Comparable to a mini-PLC, the 200-0386A logic board provides compact intelligence and a high degree of automation
when combined with a regenerative drive in four-quadrant applications. Switching logic board modules interface regenera-
tive variable-speed drives with pushbuttons, limit switches, foot switches, or programmable controls to produce a low-cost
system. The logic module accepts commands from dry contact mechanical closures, current-sinking open-collectors, and TTL
logic devices.

After wiring and selecting the dip-switch configuration, the 200-0386A operates in one of nine modes, including automatic
cycling, single cycle, jog and more.

90 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Accessories

STOCK NO. DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA MODEL USAGE

Speed Dial and Knob
110-0038 Dial 1.75" W X 1/5" w/0.375 hole All chassis drives
140-0009 Knob 4.40" X 3.00" X 0.70" aluminum MM chassis controls
Heat Sink
223-0159 Heat Sink 4.40" X 3.00" X 0.70" aluminum MM chassis controls
223-0174 Heat Sink 7.78" X 6.00" X 0.89" aluminum NEMA 1 cased controls
223-0235 Heat Sink 9.20" X 6.90" X 1.00" aluminum RG chassis controls

ACCESSORIES
223-0269 Heatsink 6.90" X 5.25" X 1.00" aluminum MAC controls
223-0271 Heat Sink 9.78" X 6.90" X 1.00" aluminum XL controls
Encoder/Feedback Devices
200-0364 Hall Effect Sensor Assembly Model PK17
211-0001 Magnetic Pickup Sensor Models PK1, PK14A
211-0006 Magnetic Pickup Sensor Models PK3, PK4
211-0010 Magnetic Wheel 30 PPR PK1
J
211-0038 Magnetic Wheel 60 PPR PK17
Line Fuses
050-0018 AC Line Fuse 15 Amp-3AB-Normal-Blow All MM controls
050-0019 AC Line Fuse 20 Amp-3AB-Normal-Blow NRG and RG controls
050-0021 AC Line Fuse 3 Amp-3AG-Fast-Acting MM and C1XP controls
050-0024 AC Line Fuse 10 Amp-3AB-Normal-Blow XL
050-0026 Field Supply Fuse 1.5 Amp-3AG RG's
050-0074 Pico Fuse .63A Pico Fuse CE rated controls
Switches
080-0009 AC power, RUN/STOP/FWD/REV 3A, 250 VAC DPDT Filtered cased NEMA1 control
080-0027 RUN/BRAKE and FWD/REV 10A, 250VAC DPDT Non-filtered NEMA1 controls
080-0030 FWD/BRAKE/REV 10A, 250VAC DPDT VDE approved Cased regens
RR2KP-U-DC24V General purpose relay 10A, 24VDC DPDT IDEC
SR3P-06 Relay socket Din rail mount IDEC
SR3P-05C Relay socket Din rail mount, finger safe IDEC
DT-2RV212-A7 Limit switch DPDT roller lever Micro Switch
DT-2R-A7 Limit switch DPDT pin plunger Micro Switch
Transformer
230-0110 Transformer 115 VAC in/24 VAC out
Inhibit Plug
201-0024 Inhibit plug 18" All chassis drives
201-0079 Inhibit plug 36" All chassis drives
Serial Cable
134-0046 Serial cable DB9 male to female DC5004Q

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

91
 Accessories
STOCK NO. DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA MODEL USAGE
Brake Resistors*
032-0020 Brake Resistor 10Ω 5W (fast braking) MM and XL 1/3 to 1/2 Hp
032-0033 Brake Resistor 1Ω 7W (medium braking) MM and XL 1/20 to 1/4 Hp
032-0043 Brake Resistor 25Ω 10W (slow braking) MM and XL 1Hp and less
032-0060 Brake Resistor 10Ω 40W (fast braking) MM and XL 1Hp and less
032-0062 Brake Resistor 20Ω 40W (fast braking) MM and XL 2 Hp and less
032-0076 Brake Resistor 40Ω 40W (medium braking) MM and XL 2 Hp and less
035-0006 Brackets, 2 required Mounting horizontally (flat) 032-0060, 032-0062
035-0007 Mounting vertically (like inside of panel) 032-0060, 032-0062
ACCESSORIES

Left-side bracket
035-0008 Right-side bracket Mounting vertically (like inside of panel) 032-0060, 032-0062
BOSSDB-115 BOSS-4Q Regen Circuit Regen Circuit; 3.64" X 4.30" X 1.62" BOSS-4Q with 115 VAC
BOSSDB-230 BOSS-4Q Regen Circuit Regen Circuit; 3.64" X 4.30" X 1.62" BOSS-4Q with 230 VAC
Kits & Covers
155-0074 Clear NEMA4 cover Polysilicone DLC300/400/500
155-0075 Clear NEMA4 cover Polysilicone VT6-115/230/VT7
J 210-0191 Bezel and lens Polycarbonate, red DLC600
202-0014 Mounting kit 2 brackets, 4 screws DLC600, VT8-D230AC
220-0048 Bezel and lens Polycarbonate, red VT8-115/230
220-0049 Blank bezel and lens Polycarbonate, red VT8-115/230
220-0051 Bezel and lens Polycarbonate, red DLC300/400
221-0042 Mounting Bracket 2 required per model DLC100/DLC200
EMI/RFI Line Filters
6EP1 Reduces control noise Meets VDE-A, FCC-B XL3025, BOSS-4Q
6VDK1 Reduces control noise Meets FCC-A, FCC-B, VDE-A MM's and RG's to 1/4 Hp
6VSK1 Reduces control noise Meets FCC-A XL3025, BOSS-4Q
6VV1 Reduces incoming noise Meets EN55011, EN50082-1, EN60204-1 MM and PCM to 1/4 Hp
1OEP1 Reduces control noise Meets FCC-A XLs to 1 Hp, BOSS-4Q
15ET1 Reduces control noise Meets FCC-A, FCC-B XLs to 2 Hp, BOSS-4Q
20VDK1 Reduces control noise Meets FCC-A, FCC-B, VDE-A MM's and RG's 1/4 Hp and up
20VV1 Reduces incoming noise Meets EN55011, EN50082-1, EN60204-1 MM and PCM 1/4 Hp and up
5VR1 Reduces incoming noise Meets EN55011, EN50082-1, EN60204-1 MMRG, RG and RGT up to 1/4 Hp
20VR1 Reduces incoming noise Meets EN55011, EN50082-1, EN60204-1 MMRG, RG and RGT 1/4 Hp and up
CE Filters
CE4MM Reduces control noise Meets EN55011, EN50082-1, EN60204-1 4 Amp, DC output CE filters for MM Series
CE20MM Reduces control noise Meets EN55011, EN50082-1, EN60204-1 20 Amp, DC output CE filters for MM Series
CE4RG Reduces control noise Meets EN55011, EN50082-1, EN60204-1 4 Amp, DC output CE filters for RG Series
CE20RG Reduces control noise Meets EN55011, EN50082-1, EN60204-1 20 Amp, DC output CE filters for RG Series
CE24PWM Reduces incoming noise Meets EN55011, EN50082-1, EN60204-1 24 Amp, AC input CE filters for PWM Series
CE04XL Reduces incoming noise Meets EN55014, EN50082-1, EN60204-1 4 Amp, AC input CE filters for XL Series
CE15XL Reduces incoming noise Meets EN55014, EN50082-1, EN60204-1 15 Amp, AC input CE filters for XL Series
CE20XL Reduces incoming noise Meets EN55014, EN50082-1, EN60204-1 20 Amp, AC input CE filters for XL Series
Potentiometers
202-0001 Pot Kit 1.5 kΩ XL's with low voltage motors
202-0003 Pot Kit 10 kΩ Most Minarik Controls
202-0005 Pot Kit 50 kΩ RG25/51 Controls
202-0056 Pot Kit 2.5 kΩ XL's with low voltage motors
202-0112 Pot Kit 10 kΩ M2 Controls
*If braking more frequently than once every 2 minutes, the 032-0060 and 032-0062 require two resistor brackets and double heat sinking.

92 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 AC Series
Accessories

STOCK NO. DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA MODEL USAGE

Dynamic Braking
840-100 Dynamic braking resistor module 1/4 - 1/2 Hp, 208 to 230 VAC motor voltage AC100 & 200 series
840-101 Dynamic braking resistor module 1 - 1.5 Hp, 208 to 230 VAC motor voltage AC100 & 200 series
840-102 Dynamic braking resistor module 2 - 3 Hp, 208 to 230 VAC motor voltage AC100 & 200 series
840-103 Dynamic braking resistor module 5 Hp, 208 to 230 VAC motor voltage AC200 series
840-104 Dynamic braking resistor module 7.5 Hp, 208 to 230 VAC motor voltage AC200 series
840-105 Dynamic braking resistor module 10 Hp, 208 to 230 VAC motor voltage AC100 & 200 series

ACCESSORIES
840-106 Dynamic braking resistor module 1/4 - 1/2 Hp, 400 to 480 VAC motor voltage AC100 & 200 series
840-107 Dynamic braking resistor module 1 - 1.5 Hp, 400 to 480 VAC motor voltage AC100 & 200 series
840-108 Dynamic braking resistor module 2 - 3 Hp, 400 to 480 VAC motor voltage AC100 & 200 series
840-109 Dynamic braking resistor module 5 Hp, 400 to 480 VAC motor voltage AC200 series
840-110 Dynamic braking resistor module 7.5 Hp, 400 to 480 VAC motor voltage AC200 series
840-111 Dynamic braking resistor module 10 Hp, 400 to 480 VAC motor voltage AC100 & 200 series
840-112 Dynamic braking resistor module 1 - 1.5 Hp, 480 to 590 VAC motor voltage AC100 & 200 series J
840-113 Dynamic braking resistor module 2 - 3 Hp, 480 to 590 VAC motor voltage AC100 & 200 series
840-114 Dynamic braking resistor module 5 Hp, 480 to 590 VAC motor voltage AC200 series
840-115 Dynamic braking resistor module 7.5 Hp, 480 to 590 VAC motor voltage AC200 series
840-116 Dynamic braking resistor module 10 Hp, 480 to 590 VAC motor voltage AC200 series
840-117 Dynamic braking module* 15 - 25 Hp, 208 to 230 VAC motor voltage AC200 series
840-118 Dynamic braking module* 15 - 25 Hp, 400 to 480 VAC motor voltage AC200 series
840-119 Dynamic braking module* 15 - 25 Hp, 480 to 590 VAC motor voltage AC200 series
1/2-3Hp@200/240V, 1-3Hp@400/480V,
841-030** Dynamic Braking Kit (field installation)* AC300 & 400 series
& 1-5Hp@480/590V
841-031** Dynamic Braking Kit (field installation)* 5Hp@200/240VAC and 5Hp@400/480VAC AC300 & 400 series

841-032** Dynamic Braking & Form C 7.5-30Hp@200/240V, 10-60Hp@400/480V, AC300 & 400 Series
Relay Kit* & 10-60@480/590V
Dynamic Braking & Form C
841-033** 7.5Hp@400/480VAC & 7.5Hp@480/590VAC AC300 & 400 series
Relay Kit*
841-100 Dynamic Braking Resistors 1.5Hp@200/240VAC & 1Hp @480/590VAC AC300 & 400 series
1-1.5Hp@200/240V, 1Hp @400/480V, & 2Hp
841-101 Dynamic Braking Resistors AC300 & 400 series
@480/590V
841-102 Dynamic Braking Resistors 2 Hp @200/240VAC & 2 Hp @400/480VAC AC300 & 400 series
841-103 Dynamic Braking Resistors 3 Hp @480/590VAC AC300 & 400 series
3 Hp@200/240VAC, 3Hp@400/480VAC, &
841-104 Dynamic Braking Resistors AC300 & 400 series
5Hp@480/590VAC
841-105 Dynamic Braking Resistors 5Hp @200/240VAC & 5Hp @400/480VAC AC300 & 400 series
841-106 Dynamic Braking Resistors 7.5-10Hp @200/240VAC & 7.5-10Hp @400/480VAC AC300 & 400 series
841-107 Dynamic Braking Resistors 7.5-10Hp @480/590VAC AC300 & 400 series
841-108 Dynamic Braking Resistors 15-20Hp @200/240VAC & 15-20Hp @400/480VAC AC200,300, & 400 series
841-109 Dynamic Braking Resistors 15-20Hp @480/590VAC AC200, 300, & 400 series
841-110 Dynamic Braking Resistors 25Hp @200/240VAC & 25-30Hp @400/480VAC AC200, 300, & 400 series
841-111 Dynamic Braking Resistors 25-30Hp @480/590VAC AC200, 300, & 400 series
841-112 Dynamic Braking Resistors 40Hp @400/480VAC AC300 & 400 series
841-113 Dynamic Braking Resistors 40Hp @480/590VAC AC300 & 400 series
841-114 Dynamic Braking Resistors 50-60Hp @400/480VAC AC300 & 400 series
841-115 Dynamic Braking Resistors 50-60Hp @480/590VAC AC300 & 400 series
*The “Dynamic Braking Resistors” listed above need to be ordered separately with these options
**It is recommended when ordering a new drive that these options be installed at the factory. Refer to the suffix information on the bottom of page 60 for ordering information.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com 93

 AC Series
Accessories

STOCK NO. DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA MODEL USAGE

CE Filters
844-400 CE Filter 10A, 1 Phase AC100 & AC200 series
844-401 CE Filter 20A, 1 Phase AC100 & AC200 series
844-402 CE Filter 8A, 3 Phase AC100 & AC200 series
844-403 CE Filter 10A, 3 Phase AC100 & AC200 series
844-404 CE Filter 20A, 3 Phase AC100 & AC200 series
ACCESSORIES

Remote Keypad Options

840-009 Remote keypad w/ gasket 8 foot connecting cable, NEMA 4X rated AC100 series
840-004 Remote keypad w/ gasket 8 foot connecting cable, NEMA 4X rated AC200 series
841-001 Remote keypad ribbon cable 2.5 feet AC300 and AC400 series
841-002 Remote keypad ribbon cable 5 feet AC300 and AC400 series

J 841-003 Remote keypad ribbon cable 10 feet AC300 and AC400 series
841-004** Remote keypad kit (field installation) 2.5 foot cable and NEMA 4 remote keypad AC300 NEMA 1 models only
841-005** Remote keypad kit (field installation) 5 foot cable and NEMA 4 remote keypad AC300 NEMA 1 models only
841-006** Remote keypad kit (field installation) 10 foot cable and NEMA 4 remote keypad AC300 NEMA 1 models only
841-007** Remote keypad kit (field installation) 2.5 foot cable and NEMA 4 remote keypad AC400 NEMA 1 models only
841-008** Remote keypad kit (field installation) 5 foot cable and NEMA 4 remote keypad AC400 NEMA 1 models only
841-009** Remote keypad kit (field installation) 10 foot cable and NEMA 4 remote keypad AC400 NEMA 1 models only
Relay Kits
841-050** Form C relay kit (field installation) 1/4-5Hp @ all voltages AC300 & 400 series
841-051** Form C relay kit (field installation) 7.5-30Hp@200/240V, 10-60Hp@400/480V, & AC300 & 400 series
10-60Hp@480/590VAC

841-052** Form C relay kit (field installation) 7.5Hp@400/480VAC and 7.5Hp@480/590VAC AC300 & 400 series

Mounting Kits
AC100, 200 series &
840-001 ”A” size din rail mounting kit set of 6, 3.75” wide
DB modules
840-002 ”B” or ”A” size din rail set of 6, 4.63” wide AC100, 200 series &
mounting kit DB modules
840-003 “C” size din rail mounting kit set of 6, 5.89” wide AC100, 200 series &
DB modules
“F” suffix Through-hole mount option allows drive heatsink to be mounted outside of AC200 series
enclosure, NEMA4X

EPM Options

840-005 EPM programmer 4.13H x 6.00W, battery operated AC100 & 200 series

840-006 EPM modules bulk pack 10 electronic programming modules AC100 & 200 series

High Frequency Option

“V” suffix High frequency output option Up to 1000 Hz output to motor AC100 & 200 series

*The “Dynamic Braking Resistors” listed above need to be ordered separately with these options
**It is recommended when ordering a new drive that these options be installed at the factory.
Refer to the suffix information on the bottom of page 60 for ordering information.

94 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Gearmotor Accessories

Sub-FHP Gearmotor “L” Mounting Bracket

Dimensions
Part For DIMENSIONS (Inches)
Number Gearmotors A B C D1 D2 D3 X BA F E

221-0991* Z Series 3.75 4.50 3.935 3.00 2.25 1.50 2.645 1.50 1.875 3.75
221-0992** E Series 4.50 6.00 5.520 4.00 3.10 2.20 3.625 1.50 2.500 5.00
* Maximum radial load no greater than 50 lbs.
** Maximum radial load no greater than 200 lbs.

ACCESSORIES
J
Dimensions

221-0997 221-0993 221-0994

Sub-FHP Gearmotor Conduit Boxes

Part For Frame DIMENSIONS (Inches)
Number Diameters A B C K

221-0997 2.38 2.09 2.45 2.23 0.875

3.00 3.13 2.63 2.28 0.875
221-0993 3.07 3.13 2.63 2.28 0.875
3.11 3.13 2.63 2.28 0.875
3.38 3.13 2.63 2.28 0.875
221-0994 3.86 4.75 2.75 2.00 1.125

Sub-FHP Gearmotor
Right-Angle Base Kit Dimensions
Part Number

221-0996

221-0996

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com 95

 Single & Four Quadrant Drives

SINGLE QUADRANT DRIVES C1XP, C4XL, MM, MMXL, XP, XL

REFERENCE

Wiring Diagrams

FOUR QUADRANT DRIVES C1RG,NRG, RG

96 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Brushless & AC Drives

BRUSHLESS DRIVES BOSS 1Q, BOSS 4Q, LVBL

REFERENCE
K

Wiring Diagrams

3-PHASE AC DRIVES MAC

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

97
 Single Quadrant, Isolated Drives

S I N G L E Q U A D R A N T , I S O L A T E D D R I V E S MM311U/MM301U/MM501U
REFERENCE

K MM311U/MM301U/MM501U
MM501U

Wiring Diagrams

SINGLE QUADRANT, ISOLATED DRIVES PCM21000A, PCM220000A, PCM230001A

PCM21000A, PCM22000A, PCM23001A - PCM21000A1/PCM22000A

PCM230001A Signal input modes Signal selection

98 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Isolation Devices

ISOLATION DEVICES PCM4

PCM4
Speed ratio application

REFERENCE
PCM4
Isolation module
PCM4
Speed pot connection
K

Wiring Diagrams

ISOLATION CARDS PCM OPTION CARDS

Input voltage is
pre-selected on
200-0417 and 200-
0418. Select 115 or
230 on 200-0416

PCM Option Card PCM Option Card

200-0416, 200-0417, 200-0418 Polarity reversal switch connection

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

99
 Jog Circuit, RG Series

JOG CIRCUIT XL & MM CONTROLS

REFERENCE

Jog circuit for any XL or MM control

K

Wiring Diagrams

RG SERIES

FORWARD-REVERSE INDEPENDENT
SWITCH ADJUSTABLE SPEEDS
FWD-STOP-REV
SWITCH

INDEPENDENT FORWARD &

REVERSE SPEEDS WITH A INDEPENDENT FORWARD
FWD-STOP-REV SWITCH SPEEDS

100 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 DC Drives Overview

Regenerative drives have the ability to turn the mechanical energy required to brake a DC
brushed motor back into electrical energy. They do this by electrically reversing or braking DC
brushed motors at a user-defined rate. Therefore, there are no mechanical relays or resistors to
wire or wear out. By being able to control torque in the opposite direction of speed, Regenerative
drives can control overhauling loads caused by gravity or inertia. Minarik Regenerative drives run
on either SCR or PWM technology, giving you more options to choose from. Any application that
requires reversing, braking, or the control of overhauling loads should use a Regenerative drive.

REGENERATIVE
Drives

REFERENCE
K

Silicon Controlled Rectified

(SCR) drives are excellent
for your everyday DC SCR
brushed applications. Drives
They have been very pop-
ular for more than a
decade and are low cost.
Typically, SCR drives have

P W M Drives
60:1 speed ranges and
form factors of 1.37 at
base. Applications involv- Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) drives perform well in similar applications as SCR dri-
ing variable speed in a ves with several more advantages. PWM drives add more flexibility to applications by
single direction on an AC being able to run on either AC or DC voltage. Their power devices switch at a rate
line are well suited for over 120 times faster than SCR power devices thus producing “cleaner” DC voltages.
SCR drives. A “clean” voltage means your motor will run cooler and quieter over a wider speed
range (100:1 compared to 60:1 of SCR drives). A cooler brushed DC motor will
require less maintenance to replace the brushes. The higher switching frequency is
above the audible range, so there is no hum from the motor. The wider speed range
allows you to run the motor slower while maintaining control. Applications requiring
cool, quiet, lower maintenance operation are perfect for PWM drives.

For AC motor and control information, see page 49.

For Brushless control information, see page 67.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

101
 Speed Range

The same concept holds true at minimum speed. The drive

may be capable of running a motor, with “cogging,” at 1
RPM. However, if the motor stalls when loaded, the drive
speed range cannot be used at the lower end since the
drive allowed the motor to stall.

S peed range is usually defined as the ratio of maximum

system speed to the minimum system speed. For exam-
ple, if the maximum speed is 1,750 RPM, and the speed range
3. System Speed Range

Those who specify a system, or end-users, are

usually only concerned with the most important specifica-
is 100:1, the minimum speed will be 17.5 RPM. Using DC tion, the system speed range. However, the system speed
REFERENCE

motors and drives as an example, let’s analyze the three speed range is a difficult specification to obtain from a catalog.
ranges listed below. Normal listings show motor speed range and drive speed
1) Motor speed range range only; rarely will you find system speed range listed.
We determine the system speed range by dividing the
2) Drive speed range motor’s speed at the maximum drive output voltage (with
proper regulations) by the motor’s minimum speed (before
K 3) System speed range
“cogging”). We combine only the motor and drive para-
meters that limit the system speed range. The maximum
drive output is used because it is well below the maximum
speed of the motor. The minimum speed of the motor is
1. Motor Speed Range
used because it is well above the minimum output of the
This is generally published as the fastest a motor can run trou- drive (usually 2 to 3 volts are required to overcome the
ble-free divided by the slowest it will run before it begins to “dead zone” point of a motor).
“cog” (or “step”). Cogging occurs due to static friction in the Many things may affect the actual system speed range.
motor, inefficiencies in a pre-mounted gearbox and/or spacing Difficulties can arise when defining the minimum and
between the commutator slots of a DC brush motor. The fewer maximum system speeds. For example, perhaps the bench
the number of slots, the sooner (or higher speed) the motor will tests and burn in were unidirectional. The way the brush-
“step”. es seat on the commutator could affect speed range in
Fan-cooled motors rely on the fan to stay below the maximum one direction. Ambient moisture might affect air gap flux-
temperature of the motors. Often, a minimum fan speed is es of the commutator. Temperature changes in ambient air
necessary, thus narrowing the motor speed range. Many motors and/or the motor will affect magnetic field strength, thus
can run at 1 1/2 to 2 times their rated speed. Their potential affecting system speed range as well.
speed range may be artificially high. The most often overlooked culprit in narrowing the system
speed range is the form factor of the drive output. The
form factor from a drive worsens as motor speed reduces
2. Drive Speed Range
(lower output voltage) unless Minarik PWM drives are
used. This is a major concern when specifying motors, and
This is generally published as the maximum output voltage of
deserves its own explanation (see form factor discussion
the drive divided by the minimum output voltage of the drive.
on pg. 107)
However, it should be published as the maximum output from
the drive (where it can properly regulate motor speed), divided Consult Minarik’s factory engineers for assistance in
by the minimum output (when it can properly regulate motor selecting a motor and drive that will meet your system’s
speed). speed range requirements. Typically, Minarik specifies SCR
drives for a 60 to 1 speed range. DC brush PWM drives
The drive regulates motor speed by changing its output voltage
are 80 to 100 to 1 speed range, and brushless DC drives
in response to the motor load. More voltage will be applied
for 80 to 1 speed range. Speed ranges beyond those list-
when a motor begins to slow due to increased loading. Once
ed involve Servo applications. If you have questions, con-
the drive exceeds the maximum output voltage limit, it cannot
tact the Minarik factory or sales engineers as they are all
output any additional voltage. At this point, the drive surpass-
factory trained on Servo systems.
es the speed range and fails to regulate properly.

102 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Regulation I Current Limit I Efficiency

REGULATION

We define the regulation speed of a DC brush-type motor

as the drive‘s ability to hold a desired set speed as the
load seen by the motor changes. We illustrate this below
using the speed/torque curve of a DC motor controlled by
DC drives. The horizontal line represents “perfect speed CURRENT LIMIT
regulation” for a given motor. The motor speed does not
change, not even 1 RPM, even though the motor experi- Motors can handle currents in excess of their rated values for
ences an increasingly heavier load. short periods of time. However, if operation outside of rated
values occurs for an excessive duration of time, armature and
Once the motor sees a load in excess of its rating, the

REFERENCE
brush life reduce, and eventually permanent motor damage will
drive may go into “current limit” to protect the motor. Until
occur. Minarik drives generally possess a current limit (or
then, we want the drive to regulate speed. The amount of
torque limit) trimpot adjustment that allows users to limit the
regulation required depends on the application; users set
amount of current drawn by a motor. Consequently, users can
its value by calibrating the IR COMP trimpot on the drive.
limit the torque delivered to the load from a motor.
Drives can regulate motor speed even more accurately
when they employ external feedback devices to monitor NOTE: THIS ADJUSTMENT IS DESIGNED TO LIMIT STEADY STATE OVERLOADS AND MAY
NOT LIMIT VERY FAST CHANGING (IMPULSE) TYPE LOADS.
K
motor speed.

Applications requiring tight regulation might be:

a) Cut-to-length Reference
b) Leader-follower (involving multiple axes)
c) Winding applications
EFFICIENCY
d) Printing, marking, labeling, and gluing
(requires a high level of accuracy) Efficiency is usually described as h= (power output ÷ power
input) x 100% .

Applications where precise speed regulation may not be System efficiency corresponds inversely with power consump-
as critical: tion from the power company. Higher system efficiencies
consume less electricity than lower system efficiencies. They
a) High-speed braking and reversing
also correspond, though not linearly, with system life. Primarily,
applications (like index tables, palletizers,
we are concerned with the efficiencies of the motor, drive and
strapping, cranes, hoists, lifts)
system.
b) Applications where simply moving from point
When a device cannot convert all of the input power into work,
A to point B is sufficient
the excess energy is wasted as heat and sometimes, noise.
c) Applications where an operator uses visual Usually, one must know the efficiency of the motor and drive
feedback (eyeballs) to make speed adjustments only for a calculation of heat dissipation; for example, when
sizing an enclosure for a drive. Another example might be the
sizing of a cooling fan for a non-ventilated motor. The greatest
contributing factor to motor and system efficiency is form fac-
tor. The graph below describes typical system efficiencies using
Minarik drives.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

103
 Deadband I Speed I Accel/decel

ADJUSTABLE ACCELERATION & DECELERATION

These settings are often referred to as soft start and soft

stop. They are useful in applications that require the motor
to ramp up to set speed, and ramp down to a slower
speed; a filling machine conveyor is a good example.
DEADBAND
Here we don’t want liquid in the containers to spill
because of abrupt changes in speed. These trimpots are
Some Minarik regenerative drives contain the deadband fea- also useful in applications using an undersized motor due
ture for applications requiring the ability to adjust the time that to space constraints (centrifuges for example). A very slow
elapses between current reversals. Adjustments to the dead- acceleration helps to avoid going into current limit as the
band trimpot will alter the degree to which a motor resists motor accelerates to set speed.
REFERENCE

changes in shaft position at zero speed. It performs this func-

Turning the acceleration or deceleration trimpot clockwise
tion by applying a small AC voltage to the motor armature.
will lengthen the time it takes for the speed change to
occur.

K MINIMUM (MIN) & MAXIMUM (MAX) SPEED

These application specific settings are present on most drives

as a convenience to users. The minimum speed trimpot (MIN
Speed) allows one to adjust output voltage to the motor when
the reference to the drive is at a minimum. The reference may
be 0 volts input with a 0-10 VDC signal, or with the main speed
potentiometer turned fully counter clockwise. To adjust mini-
mum speed to zero, turn the trimpot clockwise until the motor
begins to rotate. Turn it slightly counterclockwise until the motor
stops. Once completed, the drive will be unaffected by the volt-
age necessary to overcome static friction, the “dead zone” of
the motor. As soon as the reference voltage input rises above
zero, the motor will turn. If the application requires the motor
to continue rotating, even with a zero reference input, rotate
the MIN speed trimpot clockwise to the desired minimum
speed. The minimum speed is important in applications such as
conveyor ovens, where stopping the motor could damage the
product in the machine.

The maximum speed setting (MAX Speed) determines the fastest

motor speed allowable when the main speed pot (or reference
voltage) is at 100%. With this adjustment, we can overspeed
the motor slightly, or we can limit the speed below the motor
maximum speed rating. The MAX speed trimpot is especially
useful when we cannot attain the exact motor for our desired
speed. Simply use one that can go faster, and reduce the max-
imum speed setting during calibration.

104 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Dynamic Braking I Inhibit

DYNAMIC BRAKING

Minarik always recommends regenerative drives when

applications require fast, contactorless braking and revers-
ing. Even when reversing is not fast or frequent, regenera-
tive drives may still be the most long term economical solu-
INHIBIT
tion. However, certain situations may call for another
method known as dynamic braking and reversing. This
method uses a relay or switch rated for motor current, and Depending on the application, users may want to ramp their
a properly sized resistor. The brake resistor converts the motor down slowly (decelerate), while others may need to stop
energy of the load into thermal energy in the brake resis- more quickly. For rapid or frequent motor stopping capability,

REFERENCE
tor. It is always recommended that the armature be dis- most applications require regenerative drives. However, typical
connected only when the armature voltage is zero. Minarik drives contain inhibit circuitry. Inhibiting a drive causes
the output voltage to fall to zero or to a level determined by the
minimum speed trimpot.

Inhibiting occurs by closing a switch on most drives, and open-

Recommended ing a switch on others. Inhibiting single-quadrant drives simply K
Motor Brake Resistor Watts reduces the drive output to zero (or a calibrated minimum
Amps RBrake
Less then 2 1Ω 1W
2A-3A 5Ω 5W Reference
3A-5A 10Ω 10W
5A-10A 20Ω 20W
voltage) which allows the motor and its load to coast. The drive
10A-17A 40Ω 50W applies no braking torque, rather the system friction provides
the retarding forces. Inhibit bypasses the decel setting for
“coast-to-stop”. Opening the inhibit switch allows the motor to
accelerate smoothly to its set speed.

In four-quadrant (regenerative) drives, shorting the inhibit ter-

minals will regeneratively brake the motor. It bypasses both the
minimum speed and the deceleration settings for rapid braking
determined by the torque trimpot setting. Depending on the
drive wiring scheme, users can regeneratively brake a motor
(following the deceleration setting) to a stop, decelerate the
motor to minimum speed, or coast the motor to a stop (without
removing power) by shorting the INHIBIT-RUN terminals.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

105
 Isolation

earth ground, we would see “0V”. An attempt to connect

this source directly into the drive would result in cata-
strophic failure of the signal source and/or the drive.
Therefore, we must use a device that provides good elec-
trical isolation between these two points. An isolation

M otor windings are simply coils of wire separated by

insulating material. Only the base and outside of the
motor is touching “earth ground.” The drives use one of the
device takes the incoming voltage from the signal source,
and makes an “image” of this voltage, but isolated, for the
drive to use as the reference. The output voltage is isolat-
wires coming from these motor coils as “common”. Common ed from the ground and safe to wire to the drive.
is the point in the control circuit from which all other internal
REFERENCE

There are three basic methods of isolation used by

voltages are referenced. This part of the motor coil is the Minarik:
drive’s zero reference.

Common and earth ground are at a high voltage potential 1. Opto-Coupled Isolation
from each other, typically equal to the line voltage. If we This is the simplest and least linear method of isolation
plugged a drive into a 115 VAC line socket, and measured the because an opto-coupler is designed to be an on-off
K voltage from the drive’s common to earth ground, we would
see about 115 VAC. We say the drive floats above ground
device, not a variable voltage device. As a result, we
occasionally receive voltage drops across certain junc-
since these two points have a very large potential difference. tions, and non-linearity due to temperature and age.
Often control signals from an external source (such as a PLC or However, this method is still acceptable for some appli-
transducer) are referenced to earth ground. If we set a ground- cations. We use opto-coupled isolation in some older
ed 0-10V analog signal to 0V, and measure from that point to Minarik products like the PCM3 and the CF20000 dri-
ves.

2. Isolation Transformers
Minarik uses a simple push-pull transistor pair to trans-
form an external DC signal into square-wave AC. SInce
transformers can only transmit AC, the DC signal from the
remote source must be “sampled” into AC. Then, the sig-
nal goes through a 1:1 isolation transformer; subsequent-
ly, a bridge rectifier converts it back into DC. This method
is 2 to 3 times more linear than an opto-coupled device,
but voltage drops still exist across the transistors and diode
bridge. Our PCM20000, MM-PCM and PCMXP drives
use this method.

3. Burr-Brown’s® ISO Chip

This is Minarik’s most reliable method of isolation. The
Integrated Circuit (IC) uses a uniquely isolated op- amp,
with feedback for excellent linearity. It is 300 times more
linear than the opto-coupler and has better isolation than
the other devices. More complex, the Burr-Brown IC
requires support circuitry to run. Minarik provides separate
isolation modules to use with any motor drive, or with iso-
lation directly integrated into a drive. Minarik’s PCM4 iso-
lation module, PCM adder card, RG5500U, MM300,
MM-PCM and MM500 series of drives use this method.

106 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Form Factor

F orm factor is a figure that indicates how much the

current departs from pure DC. Mathematically,
form factor is the quotient of RMS current and average
(AVG) current.:

RMS Current (AC)

AVG Current (DC) Maximum Output Voltage

(115 VAC Input)

REFERENCE
A 75 VDC
Unity form factor represents pure DC. Values greater than
one indicate increasing departure from pure DC. The B 90 VDC
practical effects of larger form factor input into a motor C 115 VDC
include increased heating, decreased brush life, and
diminished motor and system efficiency. The form factor D 130 VDC
rating of a motor defines the maximum form factor for
which the stated motor ratings apply. The output form fac-
K
tor of the drive should never exceed the form factor rating
of the motor.

An unfiltered SCR drive output is not a fully rectified sine

wave at maximum speed. Form factors of approximately
Reference
1.37 are typical for an unfiltered SCR drive operating at
full speed. At lower speeds, the form factor of the arma-
ture output increases. The published form factor rating of
an SCR drive indicates only its best (lowest) form factor
value.

The form factor of filtered SCR drives at full speed can be

as low as 1.05, but the typical value is closer to 1.10.
Filtering raises both the RMS and the average current val-
ues and it reduces their difference. Filtered SCR drives
exhibit less deterioration in form factor at lower voltage
outputs than unfiltered SCR drives, but the form factor
does rise with reduced speed, further reducing motor effi-
ciency.

The form factor of filtered PWM drives does not exceed

1.05, nor does it deteriorated as speed reduces. The form
factor rating of PWM drives is valid over the entire speed
range, which accounts for the larger speed range of fil-
tered PWM drives. The low form factor can be a substan-
tial system advantage over SCR drives in terms of efficien-
cy of operation and lower maintenance costs.

NOTE: THE DASHED LINES (---) ON THE CURVES ON

THE GRAPH, RIGHT, INDICATE WHEN THE DRIVES ARE

OUT OF THEIR OPERATING RANGE.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

107
 Torque

2. Acceleration/Deceleration Torque

Specify the Accel/Decel torque in any application where

the time to accelerate and/or brake the load is critical.
This includes indexing tables, winders, wrappers, strap-
pers, as well as heavy inertial loads such as centrifuges
and presses using flywheels. Use the calculation below
for second and four-quadrant drives like the RG, NRG

W hen sizing a motor, torque is the most critical element to

know. Once you know the motor requirement, sizing the
drive is easy. The torque required from the motor is linearly pro-
and BOSS.

DV
Torque (T) = J x a = J x x 1
REFERENCE

portional to the torque required to move the load. Dt 60

There are two simple methods for calculating torque:

J = Inertia of load (in-lb-sec2)
a = Acceleration rate (rad/sec2)
Dv = The change of velocity (Rpm)
1. Running Torque Dt = The required time limit for the
K Specify the running torque for applications where the motor velocity change (Seconds)
operates continuously in one direction, or for infrequent rever-
If the torque required by the load exceeds the rating of the
sals, where reverse time is not critical. This includes conveyors
motor and drive, then they could run very hot. RG drives
and similar loads. Use the calculation below for single-quad-
are the most susceptible since peak currents may exceed
rant drives such as XL and MM Series.
6 times the current limit setting to assist in ultra-fast accel-
erations and braking. Continuously operating at these
peak currents (instead of using a larger horsepower motor
Torque (T) = F x r and drive) will result in blown fuses or circuit breakers as
well as thermal degradation of the motor and drive. For
F= Force necessary to move load at desired speed maximum performance, size a DC motor and RG drive as
r= radius or distance of load from center of motor shaft if sizing a servo system.

NOTE: WHENEVER “FAST” ACCELERATION TIMES ARE REQUIRED, USE RG DRIVES AND
NOTE ACCEL/DECEL TORQUE CALCULATIONS (SEE RIGHT).

DC drives and motors are specified by horsepower. Thus,

once torque is known, calculate the horsepower required
for the application using the equation below:

Horsepower (Hp) = T x N/63025

T=Torque (in-lb)
N=Speed (rpm)

108 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Inertia Worksheet for Braking & Reversing Applications

1. LEADSCREW MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2. CYLINDRICAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM

A. Leadscrew Shaft Inertia A. Cylindrical Inertia

1. Shaft Diameter (D) = ________Inches 1. Outer Diameter (OD) = ________Inches
2. Shaft Weight (W Shaft) = ________Pounds 2. Inner Diameter (ID) [= 0 if Solid]
or Shaft Length (L) = ________Inches 3. Weight (W) = ________Pounds
Shaft Density (d) = ________lb/in3 or Length (L) = ________Inches

REFERENCE
3. Shaft Inertia (J Shaft) Calculation Density (d) = ________lb/in3
= (W Shaft x (D ÷ 2)2) ÷ 2g or W = PI x ((OD ÷ 2)2) - ((ID ÷ 2)2) x L x d = ________Pounds
= PI/32g x d4 x L x d = ________lb-in2 4. Total Inertia (J System)
= .5 x W ((OD ÷ 2)2) + ((ID ÷ 2)2) = ________lb-in2
B. Reflected Load Inertia
5. Total Friction Torque (F total) = ________oz-in
1. Load Weight (W Load) = ________Pounds
2. Leadscrew Pitch (P) = ________Rev/in
3. Efficiency (E) = ________%
4. Load Inertia (J Load) Calculation
= (W Load ÷ (E x P2) x (1 ÷ (2 x PI))2 = ________lb-in2
K
C. Total Inertia
1. Add leadscrew shaft = ________lb-in2
Inertia and load inertia
J System = J Shaft + J Load Reference
D. Friction
1. Friction Force = ________lb
F force = µ x W load
µ = Coefficient of Friction
2. Total Friction Torque = ________lb-in
F total = (F force) ÷ (P x E x 2 x PI)
3. PULLEY MECHANICAL SYSTEM

Friction Coefficients (Sliding) µ Aside = L x h

A. Motor Pulley Inertia
Steel on steel .58 V=Lxhxw 1. Diameter (D Pulley) = ________Inches
Steel on steel (greased) .15 W
J= x (h2 + W2) 2. Weight (W) if known = ________Pounds
Aluminum on steel .45 12g or calculate weight:
Copper on steel .36 Aend =π2 Length (L) = ________Inches
Brass on steel .44
V = Aend x L Density (d) = ________lb/in3
Plastic on steel .2
m D2 W r2 W = PI x (D Pulley ÷ 2)2 ÷ 2 x L x d = ________Pounds
Linear bearings .001 J= = 2g
8 3. Pulley Inertia (J m System) Calculation
π Ldr4
= W x (D Pulley ÷ 2)2 ÷ 2 = ________lb-in2
J = 2g
Mechanism Efficiencies % B. Load Pulley Inertia
Acme screw (brass nuts) .35–.65 π 1. Diameter (D Load) = ________Inches
Acme screw (plastic nuts) .5–.85 Aend = 4 x (Do2 - Di2) 2. Weight (W) if known or calculate weight:
Ball-Screw .85–.95 Length (L) = ________Inches
π Ld
Preloaded ball-screw .75–.85 Density (d) = ________lb/in3
J = 2g x (ro4 - ri4)
Spur or bevel gears .9 W = PI x (D Pulley ÷ 2)2 ÷ 2 x L x D = ________Pounds
Timing Belt .96–.98 m 3. Pulley Inertia (J 1 Pulley) Calculation
Chain and sprocket .95–.98 J = 8 x (Do2 - Di2) = = W x (D Pulley ÷ 2)2 = ________lb-in2
W
Worm gears .45–.85 C. External Load Driven by Load Pulley
2g x (ro2 - ri2)
1. Load Weight (W) = ________lbs
V = volume 2. Load Inertia = ________lb-in2
Material oz lb gm
Densities in3 in3 cm3 L = length J load = W x (D Load ÷ 2)2
h = height
Aluminum 1.57 .098 2.72 w = width D. Gear Ratio
Brass 4.96 .31 8.6 J = inertia G = (D Load)/(D Pulley) = ________
m = mass
Bronze 4.72 .295 8.17 W = weight
Copper 5.15 .322 8.91 D = diameter
E. Total Inertia
Plastic .64 .04 1.11 r = radius J system = J m Pulley +
g = gravity = 386 in/s2 (J 1 Pulley) ÷ G2 + (J Load) ÷ G2 = ________lb-in
Steel 4.48 .28 7.75 d = density
Hard wood .46 .029 .8 A = area F. Total Friction Torque (F Total) = ________oz-in
Soft wood .28 .018 .48 π = 3.14

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

109
 Conversion Factors & NEMA Ratings

UNITS for ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Provides protection against:

ENCLOSURE STANDARDS

Indirect hosedown & heavy splash

for Nonhazardous Locations

Oil or coolant spray & splash

Dust, lint, fibers (non-volatile)
Unit Symbol Physical Quantity

Falling liquid, light splash

Accidental bodily contact
ampere A electrical current

Oil or coolant seepage

Intended
farad F electrical capacitance Use

Rain, snow & sleet

Corrosive agents
Windblown dust
henry H inductance
meter m length

Outdoors

Falling dirt
Indoors
ohm electrical resistance Standard
second s time NEMA (IEC)*
volt V electrical potential difference NEMA 1 (IP10)
REFERENCE

8 4 4
watt W power NEMA 3 (IP54) 8 8 4 4 4 4 4 4
form factor ff rms current ÷ avg current
NEMA 4 (IP56) 8 8 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
NEMA 4X (IP56) 8 8 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
SIZING an ENCLOSURE
NEMA 12 (IP52) 8 4 4 4 4 4

K There are numerous issues to consider when sizing an enclo-

sure for a drive: motor nameplate rating, type of material, style
NEMA 13 (IP54) 8 4 4 4 4 4 4
*The IEC equivalents listed in this column are approximate: NEMA types meet or exceed the
test requirements for the associated IEC classifications.
and appearance, environment, and internal volume of the
drive. Two things affect the internal volume; first, the amount of INGRESS PROTECTION (IP) CODES
depth for safe clearance of components mounted inside of the
enclosure; second, the amount of volume necessary to dissi- 1st Protection against 2nd Protection
Digit foreign objects Digit against moisture
pate the heat generated by the drive. We either dissipate heat
0 Not protected 0 Not protected
through a heatsinking device (similar to an aluminum back 1 Protected against 1 Protected against
plane), or by letting it flow out to the “ambient” air. If there is objects >50mm dripping water
sufficient aluminum in the enclosure’s back plane, then the 2 Protected against 2 Protected against dripping
objects > 12mm water when tilted up to 15N
internal volume may be smaller.
3 Protected against 3 Protected against
However, if using a plastic or steel enclosure, where little or no objects > 2.5mm spraying water
backplane exists to dissipate heat from the drive, then you will 4 Protected against 4 Protected against
objects > 1.0mm splashing water
need to use forced air ventilation, or a larger volume inside the 5 Dust protected 5 Protected against water jets
enclosure to dissipate the heat into the “ambient” air. 6 Dust tight 6 Protected against
heavy seas
Most enclosure manufacturers use computers to quickly answer
---------- 7 Protection against the
your questions and recommend the correct size enclosure for effects of immersion
your drive. ---------- 8 Protection against submersion
EXAMPLE MARKING: IP 68 would indicate a dusttight (1st digit 6) piece of equipment which
is protected against submersion in water (2nd digit 8)
Depth
All Minarik’s SCR drives require at least 1” of clearance at the Inertia Conversion Factors
top point of the drive. Filtered PWM drives (due to bus capaci- lb-ft2 x 144 = lb-in2
tors) require at least 2” clearance from the top. When mount- oz-in2 x 0.0625 = lb-in2
ing anything into the lid, remember to make accommodations lb-ft-sec2 x 4600 = lb-in2
in the depth behind the lid for components like switches and oz-in-sec2 x 24 = lb-in2
gm=cm2 x .000342 = lb-in2
potentiometers.
kp-m-sec2 x 33,500 = lb-in2
Heat Dissipation
Metric-Decimal Equivalents
Unfiltered SCR drives are typically 96% efficient, while filtered 1 inch = 2.54 cm
PWM drives are typically 94% efficient. We calculate the heat 1 cm = 0.3937 inch
1 pond (gm) = 0.03527 oz
dissipation by multiplying the power output to the motor mea-
1 oz = 28.35 pond(gm)
sured in watts (1 Hp motor at full load = 746 watts) by the inef- 1 kp (kg) = 2.205 pound
ficiency of the drive (1-h) = .04 for SCR drive, (1-h) = .06 for 1 gm-cm = 0.0139 oz.in
PWM drives). 1 kg-cm = 1 kp-cm=13.9 oz-in
1 hp = 746 watts
°F = (°C x 9/5) + 32
°C = (°F - 32) x 5/9
11 0 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com
 Conversion Factors

LENGTH* FORCE*

A B mm cm m in ft B
A g kg oz lbs N
mm - 0.1 0.001 0.0393701 0.00328084 g - 0.001 0.035274 0.00220462 0.0098
cm 10 - 0.01 0.393701 0.0328084 kg 100 - 35.274 2.20462 9.807
m 1000 100 - 39.3701 3.28084 oz 28.3495 0.0283495 - 0.0625 0.278
in 25.4 2.54 0.0254 - 0.083333 lbs 453.592 0.45392 16 - 4.448
ft 304.8 30.48 0.3048 12 - N 101.97 0.102 3.597 0.2248 -

VELOCITY*

REFERENCE
A B ft/min in/min m/min ft/sec in/sec m/sec
1 ft/min – 12.0 0.3048 1.6667 x 10-2 0.2000 5.08 x 10-3
1 in/min 8.333 x 10-2 – 2.540 x 10-2 1.3888 x 10-3 1.6666 x 10-2 4.23 x 10-4
1 m/min 3.281 39.372 – 5.468 x 10-2 0.6562 1.667 x 10-2
1 ft/sec 60 720 18.29 – 12 0.3048
1 in/sec 5 60 1.524 8.333 x 10-2 – 2.540 x 10-2
K
1 m/sec 196.85 2362.2 60.0 3.281 39.372 –

TORQUE*
Reference
A B Nm Ncm dyn cm kgm† kgcm† gcm† oz-in lb-ft lb-in
Nm - 100 107 0.1019716 10.1972 1.019716 x 104 141.6121 0.7375633 8.850759

Ncm 10-2 - 105 1.019717 x 103 0.1019716 101.9716 1.41612110 .7375633 x 103 0.08850759

dyn cm 10-7 10-5 - 1.019717 x 10-6 1.019717 x 106 -1.019717 x 10-3 1.416121 x 10-5 7.375633 x 10-8 8.850759 x 10-7

kgm† 9.80665 980.665 9.80665 x 107 - 100 105 1.3887407 x 103 7.233025 86.79630

kgcm† 9.80665 x 10-2 9.80665 9.80665 x 105 10-2 - 103 13.887407 0.07233025 0.8679630

gcm 9.80665 x 10-5 9.80665 x 10-3 980.665 105 10-3 - 0.013887407 7.233025 x 10-5 8.679630 x 10-4

oz-in 7.061541 x 10-3 0.7061541 7.061541 x 104 7.200768 x 104 0.07200768 72.00768 - 5.20833 x 10-3 0.0625

lb-ft 1.355816 135.5816 1.355816 x 107 0.13825473 13.825473 1.382547 x 104 192 - 12

lb-in 0.1129846 11.29846 1.129846 x 106 0.011521228 1.1521228 1.151228 x 103 16 0.0833333 -
†Sometimes written as kpm, kpcm and pcm to denote the force equivalent of the kg and g mass.

INERTIA*

B kgm2 kgcm2 gcm2 oz-in2 oz-in-sec2 lb-in2 lb-in-sec2 lb-ft2 lb-ft-sec2

A (slug ft2)
kgcm2 - 104 107 5.457 x 104 141.612 3.41718 x 103 8.85076 23.7304 0.737563

kgcm2 10-4 - 103 5.46745 0.0141612 0.341718 8.85076 x 10-4 2.37304 x 10-4 7.37563 10-5

gcm2 10-7 10-3 - 5.467745 x 10-3 1.41612 x 10-5 3.41718 x 10-4 8.85076 x 10-7 2.37304 x 10-6 7.37563 x 10-6

oz-in2 1.82899 x 10-5 0.182899 182.899 - 2.59009 x 103 0.0625 1.61880 x 10-4 4.34028 x 10-4 1.34900 x 10-5

oz-in-sec2 7.06154 x 10-3 70.6154 7.06154 x 104 386.088 - 24.1305 0.0625 0.1675 5.20833 x 10-3

lb-in2 2.92630 2.92630 2.92630 x 103 16 0.0414414 - 2.59007 x 10-3 6.9444 x 10 2.15840 x 10

lb-in-sec2 0.112985 1.12985 x 103 1.12985 x 106 6.17740 x 103 16 386.0892 - 2.63117 0.083333

lb-ft2 0.0421400 421.400 4.21400 x 105 2.304 x 10 5.96756 144 0.372972 - 0.0310809
lb-ft-sec2 1.35582 1.35582 x 104 1.35582 x 107 7.41289 x 104 192 4.63307 x 103 12 32.1740 -
(slug ft2)

*Multiply units of “A” by indicated factor to obtain units of “B”.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com
11 1
 Agency Approvals

UL CUL CSA CE
PART NUMBER PAGE #
®

MM23011C 2 Y Y Y Y
MM23001C 2 Y Y Y Y
MM23012D 3 Y Y Y Y
MM23112D 3 Y Y Y Y
MM23212D 3 Y Y Y Y
MM23412D 3 Y Y Y Y
MM23002D 3 Y Y Y Y
MM23102D 3 Y Y Y Y
MM23402D 3 Y Y Y Y
MM23502D 3 Y Y Y Y
REFERENCE

M1 4 Y Y N N
M2 5 N P N N
PCM21000A 6 Y N Y Y
PCM21010A 6 Y N Y Y
PCM22000A 6 Y N Y Y
PCM23001A 6 Y N Y Y
MM311U 7 Y Y Y Y
MM301U 7 Y Y Y Y
K MM501U
MM03-115AC-PCM
7
8
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
Y
MM10-115AC-PCM 8 Y Y N Y
MM03-230AC-PCM 8 Y Y N Y
MM10-230AC-PCM 8 Y Y N Y
MM31701B 9 N N N N
MM31751B 9 N N N N
MM31700B 9 N N N N
MM31750B 9 N N N N
MM23201C 10 Y Y Y Y
MM21151C 10 N N N N
MM21251C 10 N N N N
MM23101C 10 Y Y Y Y
MC10 11 Y Y N N
MC10R 11 Y Y N N
MC10-PCM 11 Y Y N N
MM23411C 12 Y Y Y Y
MM23401C 12 Y Y Y Y
PCM23401A 13 Y N Y Y
PCM23411A 13 N N N Y
MMXL02-D240AC 14 Y N Y Y
MMXL05-D240AC 14 Y N Y Y
MMXL10-D240AC 14 Y N Y Y
XL3025A 15 Y N Y Y
XL3050A 15 N N N Y
XL3200A 15 Y N Y Y
XL3300A 15 N N N Y
XP02-115AC 16 Y N Y N
XP02-115AC-Q 16 N N Y N
XP05-115AC 16 Y N Y N
XP10-115AC 16 Y N Y N
XP01-115AC-SL 17 Y Y N N
XP03-115AC-SL 17 Y Y N N
XP08-60DC 20 Y Y N Y
DC16-12/24 19 Y Y N Y
DC60-12/24 19 Y Y N Y
DC60-36/48 19 Y Y N Y
DC5004Q-36/48 18 N N N Y
XP16-36/48DC 20 Y Y N Y
XP32-12/24DC 20 Y Y N Y
XP60-12/24DC 20 Y Y N Y
LV01-24AC 21 Y Y N Y
LV02-24AC/DC 21 Y Y N Y

Y = YES N = NO P = PENDING

11 2 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Agency Approvals

UL CUL CSA CE
PART NUMBER PAGE #
®

PCMXP02-115AC 22 Y N Y N
PCMXP05-115AC 22 Y N Y N
PCMXP10-115AC 22 Y N Y N
C1XP01-115AC-A 23 Y N Y Y
C1XP03-115AC-A 23 Y N Y Y
C4XL3025A 24 N N N Y
C4XL3200A 24 N N N Y
RG510UA 25 Y Y Y Y
RG500UA 25 Y Y Y Y
RG5500U 26 Y Y N N

REFERENCE
RG60U 27 Y Y N N
RG60U-T 27 Y Y Y N
MMRG31U 28 Y N Y Y
MMRG30U 28 Y N Y Y
MMRG40U 28 Y N Y Y
MMRGD03-D230AC 29 N Y N Y
MMRGD10-D230AC 29 Y Y N Y
RGT300U 30 Y Y Y Y
RGT310U
RGT400U
30
30
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
K
RG25U 31 Y N Y Y
RG51UA 31 Y N Y Y
NRG02-D240AC-4Q 32 Y N N Y
NRG05-D240AC-4Q 32 Y N N Y
NRG10-115AC-4Q 32 Y N N Y
NRG02-D240AC-2Q 33 Y N N Y
NRG05-D240AC-2Q 33 Y N N Y
NRG10-115AC-2Q 33 Y N N Y
RG500A 34 Y Y Y Y
RG510A 34 Y Y Y Y
RG501A 35 Y Y N N
RG511A 35 Y Y Y Y
C1RGD03-D230AC 36 N N N N
C1RGD10-D230AC 36 N N N N
VFD Series 53 Y Y N N
MAC Series 54 N Y N Y
ACM100 Series 55 Y Y N N
AC200 Series 56 Y Y N N
AC300 Series 59 Y Y N N
AC400 Series 59 Y Y N N
LVBL02-24AC/DC 68 Y Y N Y
LVBL06-24AC/DC 68 Y Y N Y
BOSS04AC-1Q 69 P N N P
BOSS08AC-1Q 69 P N N P
BOSS15AC-1Q 69 P N N P
BOSS04-D240AC-4Q 70 Y N Y Y
BOSS08-D240AC-4Q 70 Y N Y Y
BOSS15-115AC-4Q 70 Y N Y Y
BOSS04-D240AC-CM 71 Y N Y Y
BOSS08-D240AC-CM 71 Y N Y Y
BOSS15-115AC-CM 71 Y N Y Y
MMBOSS05-24DC-1Q 72 Y N N N
DLC600 87 Y N N Y
VT8-D230AC 88 Y N N N
PCM4 90 Y N Y Y
PCM Option 90 N N N N
200-0386A 90 N N N N
VFD05-D230AC-PCM 50 Y Y N N
VFDP4X04-D230AC-PCM 52 Y Y N N
VFDA4X04-D230AC-PCM 51 N N N N
VFDF4X04-D230AC-PCM 51 N N N N

Y = YES
N = NO
P = PENDING

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

11 3
 Acceleration to IR Compensation

Acceleration/Deceleration The time rate of change in velocity; accel- necting the power source. The rotating motor then becomes a gener-
eration refers to an increase in velocity, while deceleration refers to a ator. When connected to a resistor, the energy of rotation is then dis-
decrease in velocity. Generally expressed as radians/sec/sec. Board- sipated as heat in the resistor.
mounted trimmer potentiometers let users adjust the time it takes for the
Duty Cycle The ratio of operating time versus total cycle time of a
motor to reach set speed.
motor. A motor has a continuous duty rating if it continues to operate
Actuator A device that converts various forms of energy, when given an for an indefinite amount of time and its normal operating tempera-
input, to rotating or linear mechanical motion such as a motor. ture remains within the temperature limits of its insulation system. A
motor has an intermittent duty rating if it never reaches a steady tem-
Air-Gap The area between the rotating and stationary members of an
perature, but is allowed to cool between operations.
electric motor.
Enclosure A description of the motor or drive housing. The selected
Alternating Current (AC) Electrical current flow, usually generated by
enclosure depends on the application’s environment and heat gener-
the utilities at 60 Hz, which continuously reverses direction in the middle
ated by the device.
of its cycle. Mathematically, it follows a sine wave; it travels from zero,
then reaches a maximum in one direction, decreases to zero, then revers- Encoder A feedback device that translated mechanical motion into
es to reach a maximum in the opposite direction. an electronic signal or combination of signals (pulses).
Ambient Temperature The temperature of the medium, usually air, Field Motor field windings provide the magnetic field, located in the
REFERENCE

around a device such as a motor or drive. stator of DC shunt-wound motor, which interacts with the armature
field to produce torque. PM motors use magnets, instead of windings,
Ampere (AMP) The standard unit of electrical current, or rate of elec-
to produce the stator field.
tron flow. A closed-loop electrical circuit with one volt of potential differ-
ence across one Ohm of resistance causes one ampere of current to flow. Filter An electrical device used to suppress electrical noise, or to
improve the DC output to a DC motor.
Armature The armature is the rotating member of an electric motor. In
brush-type DC motors, it consists of the main current carrying windings Flyback Diode This is a super fast recovery diode that snubs cur-
(conductors) in the rotor. The commutator switches the power supply to the rent and voltage spikes as a result of the fast transients that occur
K armature windings to generate a magnetic field.
Back-Emf Also known as counter emf (cemf), it is the voltage produced
when IGBT, and MOSFETS are turned on and off quickly.
Form Factor Form factor indicates how much AC component
across motor windings, due to the winding turns being cut by a magnetic resides in the DC output from DC drives. Represented mathematical-
field, during rotation of the motor. The back-emf is directly proportional to ly as the ratio of a signal’s root-mean square current value to its aver-
rotor velocity and opposite in polarity to the applied voltage. This static age current value. Any form factor value greater than one means that
voltage arises from the generator action in a motor, even if the motor some of the current produces heat instead of torque.
windings are not energized.
Four-quadrant This term refers to a drive’s ability to control the
Backlash In a mechanical system, backlash is the relative motion velocity and torque of a motor in either direction of rotation. The
between two devices, connected by a coupler, gear, screw, etc. direction of torque can be in the opposite direction of the velocity for
applications requiring braking or deceleration. Single-quadrant dri-
Bridge Rectifier A section of the DC drive that converts the AC power
ves, on the other hand, only produce torque and velocity in the same
supply into a DC source.
direction of rotation.
Brushes The current conducting material, usually carbon or graphite,
Frequency Frequency refers to how often a complete cycle occurs
which rests directly on the commutator of brush-type DC motor. They
in a unit of time. Frequency is usually measured in cycles per second,
transmit current from the power supply to the armature.
or Hertz, where 1 cycle/second equals 1 Hz. The standard AC power
Capacitor A device which holds electrical charge for a period of time, supply in the USA is 60 Hz, while 50 Hz remains common in many
prevents the flow of direct current and allows the flow of alternating cur- other countries of the world.
rent. These components serve as filters in DC drives to provide a “clean-
Friction The resistance to motion between surfaces
er” DC signal to the motor.
Fuse A device connected to an electrical circuit designed to melt and
Chassis Open construction of a drive for mounting within a customer’s
open the circuit in the event of excess current flow.
existing enclosure or control console.
Gearhead A mechanical device that converts speed and torque to
Choke A filter device consisting of an inductor and a resistor. Although
values required by the application. Output torque increases, and out-
more expensive than a typical RC filter, they exhibit better performance.
put speed decreases proportionally to the gear ratio.
Closed-loop A system that uses feedback information to regulate the
Generator A machine that converts mechanical energy into electric
output response. The output feeds back to a controller for comparison to
energy.
the input command; any difference results in a corresponding change in
the input command. Thus, the accuracy increases. Hall Effect Sensor These feedback devices, commonly used in
brushless motors, provide information for the amplifier to electroni-
Cogging Cogging refers to shaft rotation occurring in jerks or increments
cally commutate the motor. The sensors generate commutation sig-
rather than smooth continuous motion. The non-uniform (“jerky”) rotation
nals by sensing the position of a magnetized wheel on the rotor.
results from the armature’s propensity to certain discrete angular posi-
tions. The interaction of the armature coils entering and leaving magnetic Horsepower The rate at which work is performed. It equals the
fields, produced by the field coils or permanent magnets, causes speed speed multiplied by torque, and a constant, depending on the units
changes. The armature tends to speed up and slow down as it cuts selected.
through the fields during rotation. Cogging is very apparent at low speeds,
Inductance A property of an electric circuit that represents its abili-
and determines a motor’s speed range.
ty to resist changes in current flow.
Commutator A device mounted on the armature shaft and consisting of
Inertia A function of the mass and shape of an object. The inertia
a number of wedge shaped copper segments arranged around the shaft.
represents the property of an object that resists a change in motion.
These segments are insulated from the shaft and from each other. The
An object’s inertia increases directly with an increase in the object’s
motor brushes ride on the periphery of the commutator, and electrically
mass; also, increasing inertia loads require more force to accelerate
connect and switch the armature coils to the power source.
and decelerate them.
Conductor Any material, such as copper or aluminum, which offers lit-
Inverter (Variable Frequency Drives) AC drive that varies the
tle resistance to the flow of electric current.
frequency and voltage applied to an AC motor to vary motor speed.
Current Limit (Torque Limit) This feature permits the operator to adjust
IR Compensation It varies the mount of voltage to the armature in
the maximum current the motor can draw. This, in effect, limits the maxi-
response to current (load) changes. It is adjustable via a
mum torque the motor will produce.
Dynamic Braking A way of quickly stopping a motor by discon-

11 4 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 IGBT to Watts

board mounted trimmer potentiometer. opposed to the error itself. It analyzes how an error differs from a previ-
ous error and adjusts accordingly. PID combines all three loops
Isolated Gate Bipolar Transistor gate (IGBT) A power transistor
resulting in an extremely accurate form of digital error correction.
with a gate similar to the base of BJT. The difference is that the gate is
Each loop checks and balances the other to assure the right amount of
electrically insulated from the collector-emitter circuit. This allows high
error correction. Lead-Lag is similar to PI in correcting error through
voltages and currents to be conducted.
known error and average error. The difference is that this can over or
Jogging This feature provides a means of momentarily moving the under compensate, based on a trend or assumption of what is assumed
motor at a different speed (normally slower) from the normal operating will occur in the next error. The error correction can lead or lag the actu-
speed. Operators access this function using a separate control input. al error.

Load A term used to describe work require form a motor to drive Rated Values The rated value of a parameter (voltage, temp, etc.) is
equipment attached at the shaft. Usually defined in units of horsepower, the maximum value that the parameter can reach in an electric device
or torque at a certain speed. operating continuously without undue degradation, loss of its basic
properties, or safety hazards.
MOSFET A Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor-Field-Effect-Transistor is simi-
lar to standard field-effect transistors. MOSFETs can be a N or P type. Regenerative Regenerative drives, often used interchangeably with
They will or will not conduct from source to drain unless a voltage is four quadrant drives, applies to the regeneration of energy from the
applied to the gate of the MOSFET. They have turn-on and turn-off motor and drive, back to the power source. A motor generates when the
capability, as well as fast reaction times. load forces the motor to go faster than the drive has set. Four quadrant

REFERENCE
drives can prevent motors from over speeding. A four quadrant drive is
NEMA The acronym stands for the National Electrical Manufacturers regenerative when it puts the generated energy back into the source, like
Association. The agency provides specification standards for motors and a battery or the AC line. Also, the energy could be dumped across a
drives. dynamic brake resistor or a dump resistor, as is the case in a non-regen-
Noise (EMI/RFI) Electrical disturbances that interfere with proper erative, four quadrant drive.
transmission of electrical signals. Noise can have adverse effects on the Relay These electronic components control other devices in a circuit. A
system performance. set of contacts, the switching mechanism, open or close when the relay’s
Non-volatile Memory A memory storage system that maintains infor- magnetic coil becomes energized.
mation during the loss of power. Resistance The opposition to current flow through a conductor in a K
Ohm Unit of electrical resistance of a circuit in which a potential dif- closed circuit.
ference of one volt produces a current of one ampere. Rotor The rotating assembly of a motor. Usually includes a shaft, fan
Open-Collector An output signal, provided by a transistor, where the
“open-collector output” acts like a switch closure to ground when acti-
vated.
Open-Loop A system that does not use feedback information to regu-
Glossary
late performance. and rotor core.
Phase Lock Loop (PLL) Used for error correction, PLL refers to an Silicon Controlled Rectifier (SCR) Also known as a thyristor, a SCR is
external digital controller that monitors digital feedback proportional to basically a diode with an extra junction tied to a third leg, known as the
velocity. It compares that to a known number of counts that should be gate between the cathode and anode. SCRs prevent current flow in either
seen within a specified time frame, and calculates error based on its direction until the gate receives a voltage signal. After receiving this trig-
feedback. Minarik uses Phase Lock Loop on digital front-ends such as ger signal, the SCR then becomes a diode. It remains on, regardless of
the DLC Series. what happens at the gate, until the zero crossing, at which point current
cease to flow.
PLC A programmable logic controller (PLC) uses programmed logic
instructions to control banks of inputs and outputs which interface timed Servo A system consisting of an amplifier, actuator, and feedback ele-
switch actuation to external electro-mechanical devices. ment. Servos tend to control one or combination of the following vari-
ables: position, velocity and torque.
Plugging A method to provide quick stopping or reversing of a motor
by applying partial or full reverse voltage on the motor terminals during Speed Regulation Defined as the deviation in motor speed from No
operation. Not recommended for DC systems since the life of the motor Load to Full Load; usually expressed as a percentage of base speed.
and drive reduces, while permanent damage may result. Feedback devices, like a tachometer or digital closed loop control, pro-
vide increased regulation.
Poles The magnetic poles in an electric motor that result from connec-
tion and placement of the windings in the motor. Besides poles created Stator The stationary part of a motor. A PM DC motor holds its mag-
by electricity, permanent magnets mounted in specific areas are poles nets in the stator.
with a constant orientation.
Surge Suppressors These devices, like a metal oxide varistor (MOV),
Potentiometer (Pot) A passive device (variable resistor) used to vary suppress voltage transients that can occur on the AC line.
voltage between a minimum and maximum level. The standard speed
pot is a 300° or single-turn. Operators control the speed of a motor Tachometer Feedback A tachometer (tach) generates a voltage pro-
from the potentiometer connected to a drive. Also, board-mounted trim- portional to speed. Tachs provide a closed-loop system with excellent
mer pots allow users to make calibrations. speed regulation.

Proportional-Integral-Derivative The act of recognizing a velocity or Torque A rotational force equal to an equivalent linear force applied
position error in a system, and applying correction (or voltage change) to at a right angle to a radius of r.
the system amplifier, thereby changing the motor’s speed or altering posi- Torque-to-Inertia Ratio The rated motor torque divided by its rotor
tion. PID refers to a group of gain parameters that tune or optimize the inertia. Helps determine a motor’s ability to accelerate loads.
response of a closed-loop system.
Transformer A passive device that raises or lowers AC voltage by
1. Proportional: This feedback loop compares error and adds an equal induction.
amount of reference beyond the original. For example: with a 20% error,
the loop applies 20% more than the original reference. TTL (Transistor-Transistor Logic) A popular family of integrated cir-
cuit devices that operate from logic level voltages, 5 to 12 VDC.
2. Integral: This loop examines the average error over a number of sam-
ples, and makes the correction associated with it. For example: with a Voltage Voltage is electric pressure. A volt is a unit of electromotive force
20% error reading in one window and 10% error in another, the integral which causes 1 Amp of current to flow through a 1 Ohm resistor.
loop may apply 15% error correction in the third window based on aver-
Watts The power required to maintain one ampere of current at a pres-
age of previous readings.
sure of one volt when the two components are in phase with each other.
3. Derivatives: This loop reads instantaneous change in error, as A unit of horsepower is equal to 746 watts.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

11 5
 Cross Reference
OLD MODELS NEW MODELS FOOTNOTES OLD MODELS NEW MODELS FOOTNOTES
AC75 No longer available #1 MM201 MM23401C #5
AC100 No longer available #1 MM201U MM301U #3, #5
AC200 No longer available #1 MM2111A MM23111C #5
BC90 No longer available #1 MM21211A MM23211C #5
BC90UD4 MM23001C MM23001C-H MM23001C-Q #5
BC290 MM23101C MM23101A MM23101C #5
BC290UD4 MM23001C MM23201A MM23201C #5
BC2110UD4 MM501U MM23401A MM23401C #5
BC2150UD4 MM501U MM23411A MM23411C #5
BCT198UD4 No longer available #1 MM23021A XL3300A or MM501U #5
BCT2150UD4 No longer available #1 MM31002A MM23001C #5
C80U MM23001C #1 MM31700A MM31700B #5
C85U MM23001C MM31701A MM31701B #5
C280U MM23001C MM31750A MM31750B #5
REFERENCE

C285U MM23001C MM31751A MM31751B #5

DLC120 DLC600 #5 MMR50 MM21211A or RG510A #2
DLC240 DLC600 #5 MMR51 MM21211A or RG510A #2
DLC300 DLC600 #5 MMR100 RG500A #5
DLC300-SPEC.0404 DLC600 #5 MMR101 RG500A #5
DLC400 DLC600 #5 MMR200 RG500A #5
DLC400-SPEC.0404 DLC600 #5 MMR201 RG500A #5
K DLC500
E10U
DLC600
No longer available
#5
#1
MMR35
MMR60
MM23201C
MM23201C
E15U MM31610A #5 MMR90 MM23201C
E16U MM31610A #5 MMR230 MM23201C
E50U MM23001C #5 MMR250 MM23201C
E51U MM23001C #5 MMR260 MM23201C
E250U MM23001C #5 MMR290 MM23201C
E251U MM23001C #5 MR6 MM21251C
FDC30 No longer available #1 MR14 MM21251C
M3U XP01-115AC-SL N80 MM23401C
M3UD2 XP01-115AC-SL N280 MM23401C
M6 MM21151C NR80 RG500A
M6UD1 XL3025A NR280 RG500A
M6UD2 XL3025A PCM1 PCM4
M6UD3 XL3025A PCM2 PCM4
M6UD4 XL3025A PCS1 PCM4
M14 MM21151C PCS2 PCM4
M14UD1 XL3025A PK3 PK15 OR PK17
M14UD2 XL3025A PK4 PK16
M14UD3 XL3025A RC115 No longer available #1
M14UD4 XL3025A RC230 No longer available #1
M26UD1 XL3025A RG50 RG510A #2
M26UD2 XL2035A RG50U RG51UA or RG500UA
M26UD3 XL3025A RG51U RG51UA or RG500UA
M26UD4 XL3025A RG101UC RG101UD #5
M35 MM23101C RG201UC RG201UD #5
M60 MM23101C RG100UA RG100UC or RG500UA
M90 MM23101C RG100UB RG100UC or RG500UA
M230 MM23101C RG101UA RG101UD #5
M250 MM23101C RG101UB RG101UD #5
M260 MM23101C RG102UA No longer available #1
M290 MM23101C RG200UA RG200UC OR RG500UA
MB653U RD16U RG200UB RG200UC OR RG500UA
MM50 MM23111C #2 RG201UA RG201UD #5
MM50U MM311U #2 RG201UB RG210UD #5
MM51 MM23111C #2 RG202UA No longer available #1
MM51U MM311U #2 RG300A RG500A #5
MM100 MM23401C #5 RG300UA-PCM RG500UA-PCM #5
MM100U MM301U #3, #5 RG310UA RG510UA #5
MM101 MM23401C #5 RG310UA-PCM RG510UA-PCM #5
MM101U MM301U #3, #5 RG400A RG500A #5
MM200 MM23401C #5 RG400UA RG500UA #5

11 6 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Cross Reference

OLD MODELS NEW MODELS FOOTNOTES OLD MODELS NEW MODELS FOOTNOTES
RG400UA-PCM RG500UA-PCM #5 SLT58UD4 No longer available #1
RG300UA RG500UA SLT68UD4 No longer available #1
SH12 SL15 SLT78UD4 No longer available #1
SH12FB SL15 SLT298UD4 No longer available #1
SH14 SL15 SSR21010A RG500UA
SH32 MM21251C SSR21000A RG500UA
SH32FB MM21251C SSR22000A RG500UA
SH33 MM21251C TA100P TA101P #5
SH52 MM21251C TR9020U No longer available #1
SH52FB MM21251C VT2-115 VT7-115 #5
SH53 MM21251C VT3-230 VT7-230 #5
SH63 MM21251C VT6-115 VT7-115 #5
SH73 No longer available #1 VT6-230 VT7-230 #5

REFERENCE
SH83 No longer available #1 W12 No longer available #1
SH273 No longer available #1 W14 No longer available #1
SH283 No longer available #1 W32 MM21251C
SH293 No longer available #1 W33 No longer available #1
SL10U XP01-115AC-SL #5 W52 MM21251C
SL14 SL15 W53 No longer available #1
SL14P No longer available #1 W63 No longer available #1
SL15U XP01-115AC-SL #5 W63RM No longer available #1 K
SL31UD1 XL3025A W73 No longer available #1
SL31UD2 XL3025A W83 No longer available #1
SL31UD3 XL3025A W203 No longer available #1
SL31UD4 XL3025A #5 W273 No longer available #1
SL32 MM21251C #4, #5 W283 No longer available #1
SL51UD1 XL3025A W293 No longer available #1
SL51UD2 XL3025A WP10 No longer available #1
SL51UD3 XL3025A WP11 No longer available #1
SL51UD4 XL3025A #5 WP12 No longer available #1
SL52 MM21251C #4, #5 WP15 No longer available #1
SL58 MM21251C WP20 No longer available #1
SL58U XL3025A WP21 No longer available #1
SL61 MM21151C WP24 No longer available #1
SL61UD1 XL3025A WP25 No longer available #1
SL61UD2 XL3025A WP32 No longer available #1
SL61UD3 XL3025A WP50 No longer available #1
SL61UD4 XL3025A WP51 No longer available #1
SL63 MM21251C WP52 No longer available #1
SLF38 MM21251C WP54 No longer available #1
SLF38UD4 XL3025A WP55 No longer available #1
SLF58 MM21251C WP6001 No longer available #1
SLF58UD4 XL3025A WP6011 WP6211 #5
SLF61 MM21151C WP6012 WP6212 #5
SLF63 MM21251C WP6020 No longer available #1
SLF67 MM21151C WP6023 No longer available #1
SLF68 MM21251C WP6040 No longer available #1
SLF68UD4 XL3025A WP6101 WP6201 #5
SLF69 MM21151C WP6111 WP6211 #5
SLF70 MM21251C WP6120 No longer available #1
SLF88 No longer available #1 WP1233 No longer available #1
SLF88XF No longer available #1 WP1253LP XL3025A #2
SLF298 No longer available #1 XLT2300NF XL3300A #5
SLT18UD4 No longer available #1 1253 No longer available #1
SLT38UD4 No longer available #1 1253LP XL3025A #2

FOOTNOTES
#1. No longer available; treat as new application.
#2. Hp ratings slightly different. Example: MM51 is designed for 1/4 Hp and less; MM2311C is designed for 1/8 Hp and less.
#3. Requires heat sink attached to the control or equivalent Hp ratings.
#4. For reversible application. If unidirectional, substitute MM21151C or C4XL3025.
#5. Footprint is exact.

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

11 7
 Index

PART # DESCRIPTION PGS PART # DESCRIPTION PGS

032-0020 Brake Resistor 92 506-07-027 Non-geared motor 38
032-0033 Brake Resistor 92 506-07-028 Non-geared motor 38
032-0043 Brake Resistor 92 506-07-029 Non-geared motor 38
032-0060 Brake Resistor 92 506-07-030 Non-geared motor 38
032-0062 Brake Resistor 92 506-07-038 Non-geared motor 38
032-0076 Brake Resistor 92 506-07-040 Non-geared motor 38
035-0006 Brackets, 2 required 92 506-20-001 3-phase AC motor 61
035-0007 Left-side bracket 92 506-20-002 3-phase AC motor 61
035-0008 Right-side bracket 92 506-21-001 3-phase AC motor 61
050-0018 AC Line Fuse 91 506-21-002 3-phase AC motor 61
050-0019 AC Line Fuse 91 506-21-003 3-phase AC motor 61
050-0021 AC Line Fuse 91 506-21-004 3-phase AC motor 61
050-0024 AC Line Fuse 91 506-21-005 3-phase AC motor 61
REFERENCE

050-0026 Field Supply Fuse 91 506-21-006 3-phase AC motor 61

050-0074 Pico Fuse 91 506-21-007 3-phase AC motor 61
080-0009 AC Power, RUN/STOP/FWD/REV 91 506-21-008 3-phase AC motor 61
080-0027 RUN/BRAKE and FWD/REV 91 506-21-009 3-phase AC motor 61
080-0030 FWD/BRAKE and REV 91 506-22-001 3-phase AC motor 61
10EP1 Reduces control noise 92 506-22-002 3-phase AC motor 61
110-0038 Dial 91 506-23-001 3-phase AC motor 61
134-0046 D89 male/female serial cable 91 506-23-002 3-phase AC motor 61
K 140-0009
155-0074
Knob
Clear NEMA 4 Cover
91
92
506-23-003 3-phase AC motor 61
506-23-004 3-phase AC motor 61
155-0075 Clear NEMA 4 Cover 92 506-23-005 3-phase AC motor 61
200-0364 Hall effect 91 506-23-006 3-phase AC motor 61
200-0386A Limit Switch Logic Board - Open Chassis 90 506-23-007 3-phase AC motor 61
200-0416 RG Isolation Adder Board 90 506-23-008 3-phase AC motor 61
200-0417 RG Isolation Adder Board 90 506-23-009 3-phase AC motor 61
200-0418 RG Isolation Adder Board 90 506-24-001 3-phase AC motor 61
201-0024 Inhibit Plug 91 506-25-001 3-phase AC motor 61
201-0079 Inhibit Plug 91 506-25-002 3-phase AC motor 61
202-0001 Pot Kit 92 506-36-038 Non-geared motor 38
202-0003 Pot Kit 92 506-36-039 Non-geared motor 38
202-0005 Pot Kit 92 506-36-131 Non-geared motor 38
202-0014 Mounting Kit 92 506-36-140 Non-geared motor 38
202-0056 Pot Kit 92 506-37-029 Non-geared motor 38
202-0112 Pot Kit 92 506-37-035 Non-geared motor 38
20VDK1 Reduces control noise 92 507-01-105 In-line Geared Motor 39
20VR1 Reduces control noise 92 507-01-106 In-line Geared Motor 39
20VV1 Reduces control noise 92 507-01-107 In-line Geared Motor 39
211-0001 Magnetic Pickup 91 507-01-108 In-line Geared Motor 39
211-0006 Magnetic Pickup 91 507-01-109 In-line Geared Motor 39
211-0010 Magnetic Pickup 91 507-01-110 In-line Geared Motor 39
211-0038 Magnetic Pickup 91 507-01-127 In-line Geared Motor 39
220-0048 Bezel and lens 92 507-01-128 In-line Geared Motor 39
220-0049 Blank bezel and lens 92 507-01-129 In-line Geared Motor 39
220-0051 Bezel and lens 92 507-01-130 In-line Geared Motor 39
221-0042 Mounting Bracket 92 507-01-131 In-line Geared Motor 39
221-0991 Mounting Bracket 95 507-01-132 In-line Geared Motor 39
221-0992 Mounting Bracket 95 507-02-002 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40
221-0993 Mounting Bracket 95 507-02-003 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40
221-0994 Mounting Bracket 95 507-02-125 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40
221-0996 Mounting Bracket 95 507-02-126 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40
221-0997 Mounting Bracket 95 507-02-128 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40
223-0159 Heat Sink 91 507-02-135 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40
223-0174 Heat Sink 91 507-02-136 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40
223-0235 Heat Sink 91 507-02-138 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40
223-0269 Heat Sink 91 507-02-139 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40
223-0271 Heat Sink 91 507-02-140 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40
230-0110 Transformer 91 510-09-001 In-line Geared Motor 39
504-36-041B Non-geared motor 38 510-09-002 In-line Geared Motor 39
504-36-042B Non-geared motor 38 510-09-003 In-line Geared Motor 39
504-36-043B Non-geared motor 38 510-09-004 In-line Geared Motor 39
506-06-131 Non-geared motor 38 510-09-005 In-line Geared Motor 39

*Open Chassis

11 8 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Index

PART # DESCRIPTION PGS PART # DESCRIPTION PGS

510-09-006 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-42-016 NEMA 23 Gearhead 84
510-09-007 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-42-028 NEMA 23 Gearhead 84
510-09-008 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-42-040 NEMA 23 Gearhead 84
510-09-009 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-42-049 NEMA 23 Gearhead 84
510-09-011 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-42-070 NEMA 23 Gearhead 84
510-09-013 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-42-100 NEMA 23 Gearhead 84
510-09-014 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-43-004 NEMA 34 Gearhead 85
510-09-015 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-43-005 NEMA 34 Gearhead 85
510-09-016 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-43-007 NEMA 34 Gearhead 85
510-09-017 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-43-010 NEMA 34 Gearhead 85
510-09-018 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-43-016 NEMA 34 Gearhead 85
510-09-019 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-43-028 NEMA 34 Gearhead 85
510-09-020 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-43-040 NEMA 34 Gearhead 85
510-09-021 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-43-049 NEMA 34 Gearhead 85

REFERENCE
510-09-022 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-43-070 NEMA 34 Gearhead 85
510-09-025 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-43-100 NEMA 34 Gearhead 85
510-09-029 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-44-004 NEMA 42 Gearhead 85
510-09-031 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-44-005 NEMA 42 Gearhead 85
510-09-032 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-44-007 NEMA 42 Gearhead 85
510-09-033 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-44-010 NEMA 42 Gearhead 85
510-09-035 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-44-016 NEMA 42 Gearhead 85
510-09-037
510-09-038
In-line Geared Motor
In-line Geared Motor
39
39
518-44-028
518-44-040
NEMA 42 Gearhead
NEMA 42 Gearhead
85
85
K
510-09-041 In-line Geared Motor 39 518-44-049 NEMA 42 Gearhead 85
510-09-043 In-line Geared Motor 39 530-XX-210 Brushless motor 73
510-09-045 In-line Geared Motor 39 530-XX-210N Brushless motor 73
510-18-002 In-line Geared Motor 39 530-XX-212 Brushless motor 73
510-18-003 In-line Geared Motor 39 530-XX-230 Brushless motor 73
510-18-007 In-line Geared Motor 39 530-XX-230N Brushless motor 73
510-18-008 In-line Geared Motor 39 530-XX-270 Brushless motor 73
510-18-018 In-line Geared Motor 39 530-XX-270N Brushless motor 73
510-18-021 In-line Geared Motor 39 530-XX-272 Brushless motor 73
510-18-023 In-line Geared Motor 39 530-XX-272N Brushless motor 73
510-18-025 In-line Geared Motor 39 530-XX-312 Brushless motor 73
510-18-027 In-line Geared Motor 39 530-XX-312N Brushless motor 73
511-09-047 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40 530-XX-330 Brushless motor 73
511-09-048 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40 530-XX-330N Brushless motor 73
511-09-049 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40 530-XX-332 Brushless motor 73
511-09-056 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40 530-XX-332N Brushless motor 73
511-09-057 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40 530-XX-334 Brushless motor 73
511-09-058 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40 530-XX-334N Brushless motor 73
511-09-060 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40 530-XX-352 Brushless motor 73
511-09-061 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40 530-XX-352N Brushless motor 73
511-09-063 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40 530-XX-354 Brushless motor 73
511-09-064 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40 530-XX-354N Brushless motor 73
511-09-065 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40 530-XX-372 Brushless motor 73
511-18-051 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40 530-XX-372N Brushless motor 73
511-18-054 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40 530-XX-374 Brushless motor 73
511-18-057 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40 530-XX-374N Brushless motor 73
511-18-059 Right-Angle Geared Motor 40 530-XX-412 Brushless motor 73
518-41-004 NEMA 17 Gearhead 84 530-XX-412N Brushless motor 73
518-41-005 NEMA 17 Gearhead 84 530-XX-420 Brushless motor 73
518-41-007 NEMA 17 Gearhead 84 530-XX-420N Brushless motor 73
518-41-010 NEMA 17 Gearhead 84 530-XX-422 Brushless motor 73
518-41-016 NEMA 17 Gearhead 84 530-XX-422N Brushless motor 73
518-41-028 NEMA 17 Gearhead 84 530-XX-426 Brushless motor 73
518-41-040 NEMA 17 Gearhead 84 530-XX-426N Brushless motor 73
518-41-049 NEMA 17 Gearhead 84 530-XX-430 Brushless motor 73
518-41-070 NEMA 17 Gearhead 84 530-XX-430N Brushless motor 73
518-41-100 NEMA 17 Gearhead 84 530-XX-432 Brushless motor 73
518-42-004 NEMA 23 Gearhead 84 530-XX-432N Brushless motor 73
518-42-005 NEMA 23 Gearhead 84 5VR1 Reduces control noise 92
518-42-007 NEMA 23 Gearhead 84 6EP1 Reduces control noise 92
518-42-010 NEMA 23 Gearhead 84 6VDK1 Reduces control noise 92

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

11 9
 Index

PART # DESCRIPTION PGS PART # DESCRIPTION PGS

6VSK1 Reduces control noise 92 844-403 10A, 3PH CE filter 94
6VV1 Reduces incoming noise 92 844-404 20A, 3PH CE filter 94
840-001 AC100/200 din rail A 94 "F" suffix AC-6 volt supply cbl 94
840-002 AC100/200 din rail B 94 "V" suffix RS232-RS485 convertr 94
840-003 AC100/200 din rail C 94 AC211S-0.75 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-004 AC200 remote keypad 94 AC211S-1.1 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-005 EPM Programmer 94 AC212B-0.2 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-006 10 EPM Modules 94 AC212B-0.4 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-009 Remote Keypad with Gasket 94 AC212B-0.75 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-100 AC100/200 .25-.5HpDB;208/240 93 AC212B-1.1 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-101 AC100/200 1-1.5Hp DB;208/240 93 AC212B-1.5 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-102 AC100/200 2-3Hp DB;208/240 93 AC212B-2.2 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-103 AC100/200 5Hp DB;208/240 93 AC212B-3.7 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-104 AC100/200 7.5Hp DB/208/240 93 AC212T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
REFERENCE

840-105 AC100/200 10Hp DB;208/240 93 AC212T-1.1 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58

840-106 AC100/200 .25-.5HpDB;400/480 93 AC212T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-107 AC100/200 1-1.5Hp DB;400/480 93 AC212T-11 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-108 AC100/200 2-3Hp DB;400/480 93 AC212T-15 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-109 AC100/200 5Hp DB;400/480 93 AC212T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-110 AC100/200 7.5Hp DB;400/480 93 AC212T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-111 AC100/200 10Hp DB;400/480 93 AC212T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
K 840-112
840-113
AC100/200 1-1.5Hp DB;480/590
AC100/200 2-3Hp DB;480/590
93
93
AC212T-7.5 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
AC214T-0.4 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-114 AC100/200 5Hp DB;480/590 93 AC214T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-115 AC100/200 7.5Hp DB;480/590 93 AC214T-1.1 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-116 AC100/200 10Hp DB;480/590 93 AC214T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-117 AC100/AC200 15-25Hp DB module 93 AC214T-11 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-118 AC100/AC200 15-25Hp DB module 93 AC214T-15 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
840-119 AC100/AC200 15-25Hp DB module 93 AC214T-18.5 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
841-001 2.5' Remote keypd cable 94 AC214T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
841-002 5' Remote keypd cable 94 AC214T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
841-003 10' Remote keypad cable 94 AC214T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
841-004 AC300 2.5' Remote keypad kit 94 AC214T-7.5 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
841-005 AC300 5' Remote keypd kit 94 AC215T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
841-006 AC300 10' Remote keypad kit 94 AC215T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
841-007 AC400 2.5' Remote keypad kit 94 AC215T-11 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
841-008 AC400 5' Remote keypad kit 94 AC215T-15 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
841-009 AC400 10' Remote keypad kit 94 AC215T-18.5 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
841-030 AC300 DB Kits 93 AC215T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
841-031 AC300 DB Kits 93 AC215T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
841-032 AC300 DB & add'l Form C Relays 93 AC215T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
841-033 AC300 DB & add'l Form C Relays 93 AC215T-7.5 Isolated PWM AC IP20 58
841-050 AC300 DB & add'l Form C Relays 94 AC321S-0.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-051 AC300 DB & add'l Form C Relays 94 AC321S-0.4 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-052 AC300 DB & add'l Form C Relays 94 AC321S-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-100 AC300 .5Hp DB res. 93 AC321S-1.1 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-101 AC300 1-2Hp DB res. 93 AC322S-0.4 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-102 AC300 2Hp DB res. 93 AC322S-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-103 AC300 3Hp DB res. 93 AC322S-1.1 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-104 AC300 3Hp DB res. 93 AC322S-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-105 AC300 5Hp DB res. 93 AC322S-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-106 AC300 7.5&10Hp DB 93 AC322T-0.4 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-107 AC300 7.5&10Hp DB 93 AC322T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-108 AC300 15&20Hp DB res 93 AC322T-1.1 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-109 AC300 15&20Hp DB res 93 AC322T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-110 AC300 25&30Hp DB res 93 AC322T-11 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-111 AC300 25&30Hp DB res 93 AC322T-15 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-112 AC300 40Hp DB res. 93 AC322T-18.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-113 AC300 40Hp DB res. 93 AC322T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-114 AC300 50&60Hp DB res 93 AC322T-22 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
841-115 AC300 50&60Hp DB res 93 AC322T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
844-400 10A, 1PH CE filter 94 AC322T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
844-401 20A, 1PH CE filter 94 AC322T-7.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
844-402 8A, 3PH CE filter 94 AC324T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60

120 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Index
PART # DESCRIPTION PGS PART # DESCRIPTION PGS
AC324T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC352S-0.4 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC324T-11 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC352S-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC324T-15 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC352S-1.1 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC324T-18.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC352S-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC324T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC352S-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC324T-22 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC352T-0.4 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC324T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC352T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC324T-30 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC352T-1.1 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC324T-37 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC352T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC324T-45 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC352T-11 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC324T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC352T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC325T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC352T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC325T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC352T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC325T-11 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC352T-7.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC325T-15 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC354T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60

REFERENCE
AC325T-18.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC354T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC325T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC354T-11 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC325T-22 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC354T-15 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC325T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC354T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC325T-30 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC354T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC325T-37 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC354T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC325T-45 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC355T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC325T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 AC355T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60 K
AC331S-0.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC355T-11 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC331S-0.4 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC355T-15 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC331S-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC355T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC331S-1.1 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC355T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC332S-0.4 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC355T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60
AC332S-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC421S-0.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC332S-1.1 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC421S-0.4 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC332S-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC421S-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC332S-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC421S-1.1 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC332T-0.4 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422S-0.4 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC332T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422S-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC332T-1.1 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422S-1.1 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC332T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422S-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC332T-11 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422S-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC332T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422T-0.4 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC332T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC332T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422T-1.1 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC332T-7.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC334T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422T-11 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC334T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422T-15 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC334T-11 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422T-18.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC334T-15 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC334T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422T-22 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC334T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC334T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC335T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC422T-7.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC335T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC424T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC335T-11 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC424T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC335T-15 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC424T-11 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC335T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC424T-15 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC335T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC424T-18.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC335T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC424T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC342T-15 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC424T-22 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC344T-18.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC424T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC344T-22 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC424T-30 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC345T-18.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC424T-37 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC345T-22 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 AC424T-45 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC351S-0.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60 AC424T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC351S-0.4 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60 AC425T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC351S-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60 AC425T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60
AC351S-1.1 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4X 60 AC425T-11 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

121
 Index

PART # DESCRIPTION PGS PART # DESCRIPTION PGS

AC425T-15 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 ACM114T-0.75 PWM AC IP20 58
AC425T-18.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 ACM114T-1.1 PWM AC IP20 58
AC425T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 ACM114T-1.5 PWM AC IP20 58
AC425T-22 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 ACM114T-2.2 PWM AC IP20 58
AC425T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 ACM114T-3.7 PWM AC IP20 58
AC425T-30 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 BOSS04AC-1Q Brushless, Open Chassis 69
AC425T-37 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 BOSS04-D240AC-4Q Brushless, Regen Open Chassis 70
AC425T-45 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 BOSS04-D240AC-CM Brushless, Regen Open Chassis 71
AC425T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 1 60 BOSS08AC-1Q Brushless, Open Chassis 69
AC431S-0.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 BOSS08-D240AC-4Q Brushless, Regen Open Chassis 70
AC431S-0.4 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 BOSS08-D240AC-CM Brushless, Regen Open Chassis 71
AC431S-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 BOSS15-115AC-4Q Brushless, Regen Open Chassis 70
AC431S-1.1 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 BOSS15-115AC-CM Brushless, Regen Open Chassis 71
AC432S-0.4 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 BOSS15AC-1Q Brushless, Open Chassis 69
REFERENCE

AC432S-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 BOSSDB-115 115V, BOSS 4Q Regen Circuit 92
AC432S-1.1 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 BOSSDB-230 230V, BOSS 4Q Regen Circuit 92
AC432S-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 C1RGD03-D230AC SCR Digital Regen NEMA 1 Enclosure 36
AC432S-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 C1RGD10-D230AC SCR Digital Regen NEMA 1 Enclosure 36
AC432T-0.4 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 C1XP01-115AC-A PWM NEMA 1 Enclosure 23
AC432T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 C1XP03-115AC-A PWM NEMA 1 Enclosure 23
AC432T-1.1 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 C4XL3025 PWM NEMA 4X Enclosure 24
K AC432T-1.5
AC432T-11
Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12
Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12
60
60
C4XL3200A
CE04XL
PWM NEMA 4X Enclosure
Reduces incoming noise
24
92
AC432T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 CE15XL Reduces incoming noise 92
AC432T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 CE20MM Reduces control noise 92
AC432T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 CE20RG Reduces control noise 92
AC432T-7.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 CE20XL Reduces incoming noise 92
AC434T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 CE24PWM Reduces incoming noise 92
AC434T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 CE4MM Reduces control noise 92
AC434T-11 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 CE4RG Reduces control noise 92
AC434T-15 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 DC16-12/24 PWM DC to DC Open Chassis 19
AC434T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 DC5004Q-36/48 PWM DC to DC Enclosed 18
AC434T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 DC60-12/24 PWM DC to DC Open Chassis 19
AC434T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 DC60-36/48 PWM DC to DC Open Chassis 19
AC435T-0.75 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 DLC600 Digital Control 87
AC435T-1.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 DT-2R-A7 Limit Switch 91
AC435T-11 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 DT-2RV212-A7 Limit Switch 91
AC435T-15 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 LV01-24AC PWM DC Low Voltage 21
AC435T-2.2 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 LV02-24AC PWM DC Low Voltage 21
AC435T-3.7 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 LV02-24DC PWM DC Low Voltage 21
AC435T-5.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 LVBL02-24AC/DC Brushless Low Voltage Open Chassis 68
AC442T-15 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 LVBL06-24AC/DC Brushless Low Voltage Open Chassis 68
AC444T-18.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 M1 SCR Open Chassis 4
AC444T-22 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 M2 SCR Open Chassis 5
AC445T-18.5 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 MAC05-115AC AC Open Chassis 54
AC445T-22 Isolated PWM AC NEMA 4 & 12 60 MAC05-115AC-PCM AC Isolated Open Chassis 54
ACM110S-0.25 PWM AC IP20 58 MAC05-D240AC AC Open Chassis 54
ACM110S-0.4 PWM AC IP20 58 MAC05-D240AC-PCM AC Isolated Open Chassis 54
ACM110S-0.75 PWM AC IP20 58 MAC08-115AC AC Open Chassis 54
ACM110S-1.1 PWM AC IP20 58 MAC08-115AC-PCM AC Isolated Open Chassis 54
ACM112S-0.25 PWM AC IP20 58 MAC08-D240AC AC Open Chassis 54
ACM112S-0.4 PWM AC IP20 58 MAC08-D240AC-PCM AC Isolated Open Chassis 54
ACM112S-0.55 PWM AC IP20 58 MC10 SCR NEMA 4X Enclosure 11
ACM112S-0.75 PWM AC IP20 58 MC10-PCM SCR Isolated NEMA 4X Enclosure 11
ACM112S-1.1 PWM AC IP20 58 MC10-R SCR NEMA 4X Enclosure Reversing 11
ACM112S-1.5 PWM AC IP20 58 MM03-115AC-PCM SCR Isolated Open Chassis 8
ACM112S-2.2 PWM AC IP20 58 MM03-230AC-PCM SCR Isolated Open Chassis 8
ACM112T-0.4 PWM AC IP20 58 MM10-115AC-PCM SCR Isolated Open Chassis 8
ACM112T-0.75 PWM AC IP20 58 MM10-230AC-PCM SCR Isolated Open Chassis 8
ACM112T-1.1 PWM AC IP20 58 MM21151C SCR Filtered NEMA 1 Enclosure 10
ACM112T-1.5 PWM AC IP20 58 MM21251C SCR Filtered NEMA 1 Enclosure 10
ACM112T-2.2 PWM AC IP20 58 MM23001C SCR Open Chassis 2
ACM112T-3.7 PWM AC IP20 58 MM23002D SCR Open Chassis 3
ACM114T-0.4 PWM AC IP20 58 MM23011C SCR Open Chassis 2

122 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Index
PART # DESCRIPTION PGS PART # DESCRIPTION PGS

MM23012D SCR Open Chassis 3 RG60U SCR Regen Open Chassis 27

MM23101C SCR NEMA 1 Enclosure 10 RG60U-PCM SCR Isolated Regen Open Chassis 27
MM23102D SCR NEMA 1 Enclosure 3 RG60U-T SCR Regen Open Chassis 27
MM23112D SCR NEMA 1 Enclosure 3 RGT300U SCR Regen Open Chassis 30
MM23201C SCR NEMA 1 Enclosure 10 RGT300U-PCM SCR Isolated Regen Open Chassis 30
MM23202D SCR NEMA 1 Enclosure 3 RGT310U SCR Regen Open Chassis 30
MM23212D SCR NEMA 1 Enclosure 3 RGT310U-PCM SCR Isolated Regen Open Chassis 30
MM23401C SCR NEMA 4X Enclosure 12 RGT400U SCR Regen Open Chassis 30
MM23402D SCR NEMA 4X Enclosure 3 RGT400U-PCM SCR Isolated Regen Open Chassis 30
MM23411C SCR NEMA 4X Enclosure 12 RR2KP-U-DC24V General Purpose Relay 91
MM23412D SCR NEMA 4X Enclosure 3 SR3P-05C Relay socket 91
MM301U SCR Isolated Open Chassis 7 SR3P-06 Relay socket 91
MM311U SCR Isolated Open Chassis 7 VFD01-230AC PWM AC Open Chassis 53
MM31700B SCR Open Chassis 9 VFD01-230AC-PCM PWM AC Isolated Open Chassis 53

REFERENCE
MM31701B SCR Open Chassis 9 VFD01-D230AC PWM AC Open Chassis 53
MM31750B SCR Open Chassis 9 VFD01-D230AC-PCM PWM AC Isolated Open Chassis 53
MM31751B SCR Open Chassis 9 VFD02-115AC PWM AC Open Chassis 53
MM501U SCR Isolated Open Chassis 7 VFD02-115AC-PCM PWM AC Isolated Open Chassis 53
MMBOSS05-24DC-1Q PWM Brushless Open Chassis 72 VFD02-230AC PWM AC Open Chassis 53
MMRG30U SCR Regen Open Chassis 28 VFD02-230AC-PCM PWM AC Isolated Open Chassis 53
MMRG30U-PCM SCR Isolated Regen Open Chassis 28 VFD02-D230AC PWM AC Open Chassis 53
MMRG31U
MMRG31U-PCM
SCR Regen Open Chassis
SCR Isolated Regen Open Chassis
28
28
VFD02-D230AC-PCM
VFD04-115AC
PWM AC Isolated Open Chassis
PWM AC Open Chassis
53
53
K
MMRG40U SCR Regen Open Chassis 28 VFD04-115AC-PCM PWM AC Isolated Open Chassis 53
MMRG40U-PCM SCR Isolated Regen Open Chassis 28 VFD04-230AC PWM AC Open Chassis 53
MMRGD03-D230AC SCR Digital Regen Open Chassis 29 VFD04-230AC-PCM PWM AC Isolated Open Chassis 53
MMRGD03-D230AC-PCM SCR Isolated Digital Regen Open Chassis 29 VFD04-D230AC PWM AC Open Chassis 53
MMRGD10-D230AC SCR Digital Regen Open Chassis 29 VFD04-D230AC-PCM PWM AC Isolated Open Chassis 53
MMRGD10-D230AC-PCM SCR Isolated Digital Regen Open Chassis 29 VFD05-D230AC-PCM PWM AC Isolated Open Chassis 50
MMXL02-D240AC PWM DC Open Chassis 14 VFDA4X04-D230AC-PCM PWM AC Isolated NEMA 4X Enclosure 51
MMXL02-D240AC-PCM PWM Isolated DC Open Chassis 14 VFDF4X04-D230AC-PCM PWM AC Isolated NEMA 4X Enclosure 51
MMXL05-D240AC PWM DC Open Chassis 14 VFDP4X04-D230AC-PCM PWM AC Isolated NEMA 4X Enclosure 52
MMXL05-D240AC-PCM PWM Isolated DC Open Chassis 14 VT8-D230AC Digital Display 88
MMXL10-D240AC PWM DC Open Chassis 14 XL3025A PWM Open Chassis 15
MMXL10-D240AC-PCM PWM Isolated DC Open Chassis 14 XL3050A PWM Open Chassis 15
NRG02-D240AC-2Q PWM Regen Open Chassis 33 XL3200A PWM Open Chassis 15
NRG02-D240AC-4Q PWM Regen Open Chassis 32 XL3300A PWM Open Chassis 15
NRG05-D240AC-2Q PWM Regen Open Chassis 33 XP01-115AC-SL PWM Open Chassis 17
NRG05-D240AC-4Q PWM Regen Open Chassis 32 XP02-115AC PWM Open Chassis 16
NRG10-115AC-2Q PWM Regen Open Chassis 33 XP02-115AC-Q PWM Open Chassis 16
NRG10-115AC-4Q PWM Regen Open Chassis 32 XP03-115AC-SL PWM Open Chassis 17
PCM21000A SCR Isolated Open Chassis 6 XP05-115AC PWM Open Chassis 16
PCM21010A SCR Isolated Open Chassis 6 XP08-60DC PWM Open Chassis 20
PCM22000A SCR Isolated Open Chassis 6 XP10-115AC PWM Open Chassis 16
PCM23001A SCR Isolated Open Chassis 6 XP16-36/48DC PWM DC to DC Open Chassis 20
PCM23401A SCR Isolated NEMA 4X Enclosure 13 XP32-12/24DC PWM DC to DC Open Chassis 20
PCM23411A SCR Isolated NEMA 4X Enclosure 13 XP60-12/24DC PWM DC to DC Open Chassis 20
PCM4 Isolation Card 90
PCMXP02-115AC PWM Isolated Open Chassis 22
PCMXP05-115AC PWM Isolated Open Chassis 22
PCMXP10-115AC PWM Isolated Open Chassis 22
PK23 Encoder 89
PK24 Encoder 89
RG25U SCR Regen Open Chassis 31
RG500A SCR Regen NEMA 4X Enclosure 34
RG500UA SCR Regen Open Chassis 25
RG500UA-PCM SCR Isolated Regen Open Chassis 25
RG501A SCR Regen NEMA 4X Enclosure 35
RG510A SCR Regen NEMA 4X Enclosure 34
RG510UA SCR Regen Open Chassis 25
RG510UA-PCM SCR Isolated Regen Open Chassis 25
RG511A SCR Regen NEMA 4X Enclosure 35
RG51UA SCR Regen Open Chassis 31
RG5500U SCR Isolated Regen Open Chassis 26

Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

123
 Drives Description Index
DRIVE MODEL DESCRIPTION PG. DRIVE MODEL DESCRIPTION PG.
F E A T U R E S The
& MM23000C
B E N E FSeries
I T Sare reliable, cost-effective The MMXL Series are extremely compact, dual
dual voltage SCR Open Chassis drives for 1/20 to 1 voltage PWM Open Chassis drives for 1/20th to 2
Hp DC motors. These drives are an excellent solu-
2 Hp DC brushed motors. The MMXL Series lowers

MM23001C
tion for controlling permanent magnet or shunt
wound DC motors in variable speed applications.
audible noise and provides longer brush life for
you motor. These drives maintain a 1.05 form fac-
tor at any speed in a 100:1 speed range. This
14
The MM23000D Series are reliable, cost-effective means a decrease in motor temperature and motor
dual voltage SCR Open Chassis and Enclosure drives M M X L 0 5 - D 2 4 0 A C - P C M maintenance.
for 1/20 to 2 Hp DC motors. The MM23000D Series
contains a user-selectable inhibit circuit so the user
can adjust the function of the inhibit with jumper
3 The XL Series are dual voltage, PWM Open Chassis
drives for 1/20th to 3 Hp DC brushed motors.
These highly-efficient drives provide cool, quiet
MM23002D pins. The MM23002D can operate in either speed or
torque control mode.
motor operation with extended brush life and low
maintenance. For convenience, the drives have a
15
The M1 Series is a very compact drive rated up to cage-clamp terminal block for easy wiring.
XL3025A
1/2hp (1hp with heatsink). The M1 has a chip
The XP Series are PWM Open Chassis drives for
that can be factory pre-programmed for custom
1/20th to 1 Hp DC brushed motors. Specifically
trimmer pot ranges. The M1 includes an inhibit
function, a jumper to calibrate for smaller motors
(1/15 to 1/8 hp), six trimmer pots and a wide IR
4 designed for the OEM, the XP Series provides
high performance at a low cost. The near unity
form factor results in smooth, quiet, cool and 16
M1 compensation range. Extremely compact size and
low maintenance motor operation. Well suited for
programmability make the M1 perfect for both
XP02-115AC XL candidates that do not need all the features.
OEMs and Users.
The M2 Series provides the power of two drives in The XP-SL Series are cost-effective, PWM Open
one. Independently control two different DC motors Chassis drives for 1/100th to 1/4 Hp DC brushed
motors. These drives can be used with shunt
in speed or torque control. In the speed control
mode, you can run the two motors indepently or in
ratio to each other. In ratio mode, the drive 5
wound, series and permanent magnet motors. The
PWM technology used in the XP-SL Series is capa-
17
replaces two drives and a master/follower card too. XP01-115AC-SL ble of running motors at lower speeds without an
M2 increase in motor temperature.
The M2 drive is microprocessor based and can be
customized without hardware changes. Designed for battery operated electric vehicles using
separately excited 36-48VDC DC motors. Rated for
The PCM20000A Series are SCR Isolated Open
200A continous armature current and peak of 500A
Chassis drives for 1/20 to 2 Hp DC brushed motors.
These drives integrate isolation allowing them to
for two minutes. Features include rollaway protec-
tion, battery under-voltage control, reverse alarm 18
accept external analog process control signals.
Users can operate the drives in manual mode using
normal potentiometer operation or in signal mode
6 DC5004Q-36/48
signal, regenerative braking fault detection, protec-
tion from overheating and outputs for an hour meter
and speedometer
PCM21000A where drive output is proportional to an external
signal output. DC input, DC output drives available in three sizes:
Sixteen and 60A units for 12 or 24VDC motors and
The MM Series are dual voltage SCR Isolated Open
a 60A unit for 36 or 48VDC motors. The DC Series
Chassis drives for 1/20 to 5 Hp DC brushed motors.
The MM Series have integrated isolation allowing
them to precisely follow analog current or voltage 7
includes an inhibit, power LED, and six trimmer pot
adjustments. Extruded chassis for better heat trans- 19
fer to the heatsink, more bus capacitance to handle
signals from external devices or a potentiometer.
MM501U ripple currents and a convenient screw terminal
The drives also contain built-in diagnostics and
DC60-36/48 block for power wiring.
built-in fuse block.
The XP DC Series are cost-effective, PWM Open
SCR Isolated Open Chassis drives for 1/20 to 1 Hp Chassis drives for 1/50th to 1 Hp DC brushed DC
DC brushed motors. The MM-PCM drives accept non- motors. Designed for applications running from a
isolated voltage (0-10VDC) or current (4-20mA)
signals coming from an in-plant process, PLC, 8 DC power supply or battery power input, the XP
DC Series operate low voltage motors from 12 VDC 20
MM03-115AC-PCM motion controller, etc. to control speed. Quick con- to 60 VDC, up to 32 amps. PWM circuitry results
nect terminal block for easy wiring. in quick response and a constant 1.01 form factor
XP32-12/24DC through the 80:1 speed range.
The MM31700 Series are low cost SCR open
Minarik’s LV Series of variable speed drives for
chassis drives designed for OEMs. They control
your fractional horsepower, low voltage DC motor
1/50-1/8 Hp DC brush motors with minimal fea-
tures resulting in a compact package. The drives
are available with or without a mounted speed
9 (12 and 24 VDC) using filtered pulse-width mod-
ulation (PWM). Compact, low cost drives are 21
designed to provide 2% speed regulation through-
MM31750B potentiometer.
out a 100:1 speed range.
LV Series
The MM20000 Series are SCR NEMA 1 Enclosure
drives for 1/20 to 2 Hp DC brushed motors. The PCMXP Series are low-cost, high performance
These drives have non-regenerative reversing PWM Isolated Open Chassis drives for 1/20 to 1
Hp DC brushed motors. These drives accept any
and dynamic braking capability accessible
through switches on the front of the enclosure.
Six different units available. The NEMA 1
10 external analog process control from 0 to 10 VDC.
Operates in three modes: manual, signal and sig- 22
Enclosure protects the drive from accidental con- nal with ratioing. PCMXP drives are available in 2,
MM23201C tact and falling objects. 5 and 10 amp versions.
PCMXP02-115AC
The Patriot Series provides a reliable, economical
solution for controlling permanent magnet or shut- C1XP Series are PWM NEMA 1 Enclosure drives for
wound DC motors. NEMA 4X enlcosure, ideal for
washdown applications and protection from con- 11 1/100 to ¼ Hp DC brushed motors. PWM technol-
ogy allows the drives to yield a constant 1.05
form factor over the 80:1 speed range resulting
23
tact. Reversing (-R) and isolated (-PCM) models
Patriot also available. in smooth, quiet, cool and low maintenance
C1XP01-115AC-A
motor operation.
The MM23400C Series are SRC NEMA 4X Enclosure
drives for 1/20 to 2 Hp DC brushed motors. These The C4XL Series are dual voltage, high performance
stand alone drives contain a power neon light, a PWM NEMA 4X Enclosure drives for 1/20 to 2 Hp
DC brushed motors. PWM technology allows the
pre-mounted heatsink, a power switch and speed
adjustment knob accessible from the front of the
enclosure. Using full-wave rectification of the AC
12 drives to yield a constant 1.05 form factor over the
100:1 speed range resulting in smooth, quiet, cool
24
line input, these drives provide a 60:1 speed and low maintenance motor operation. Enclosure
MM23401C range. protects the drive from accidental contact, liquids,
C4XL3200A falling objects and corrosive agents.
The PCM23400A Series are SRC Isolated NEMA 4X
The RG Series consists of dual voltage, full-wave,
Enclosure drives for 1/20 to 2 Hp DC brushed
four-quadrant operation in a PWM Regen Open
motors. These full-wave rectified drives are a cost -
effective solution for variable speed, process con-
trol applications requiring protection from wash- 13 Chassis drive for the 1/20th to 2 Hp DC brushed
motors. Applications with overhauling loads, rapid
deceleration, basic positioning and high duty 25
down, dirt and other corrosive elements. For added
cycles with reversing and braking will benefit from
versatility, these drives have integrated isolation. RG500UA
PCM23401A the RG Series. Also available with isolation option.

124 Call us toll free 1•800•MINARIK or download manuals at www.minarikdrives.com

 Drives Description Index

DRIVE MODEL DESCRIPTION PG. DRIVE MODEL DESCRIPTION PG.

FEATURES & BENEFITS
The RG5500U is a dual voltage, isolated four quadrant The VFD-PCM Series has three NEMA 4X enclosure choic-
regenerative drive. This full featured drive has nine cal-
26
es rated to 4A or an open chassis unit rated to 5A. 50
ibration posts, on board fusing and a terminal block. It
can accept analog or current input reference signals
Features include isolated front end, minimum speed
adjustment potentiomer, DC injection braking, automat-
-
RG5500U and an analog tach for improved speed regulation.
The RG60U is a compact, dual voltage, full-featured VFD-PCM Series
ic or manual restarts and a “doubling” jumper.
52
regen drive rated at 1hp (2hp with heatsink). Included The VFD Series has several compact units available in
are enable and inhibit terminals with an invert option, the 1/4 to 1 Hp range for 115 or 230VAC input. Some
nine trimmer pots - including forward and reverse inde-
pendent adjustments for acceleration and torque.
The RG60U has two option cards available: (-T for
27 models can provide a 230VAC output with a 115VAC
input. All models include six trimmer pot adjustments
and three LEDs. The carrier frequency is an adjustable
RG60U
torque control and -PCM adds isolation. The RG60U’s
robust design is ideal for high-duty cycle reversing and
braking applications.
4-16kHz and the output frequency is 30-120Hz
adjustable. An optional plug-in isolation board is
available that accepts 0-5VDC, 0-10VDC or 4-20mA
53
VFD04-230AC reference signals. Use the VFD series for your variable
The MMRG Series are extremely compact, full-wave, frequency AC motor requirements.
four-quadrant SCR Regen Open Chassis drives for
1/20th to 2 Hp DC brushed motors. These drives are
excellent for Reversing and Braking applications with
28 The MAC Series AC drives control any ¾ or smaller,
115 or 230 VAC 3-phase AC induction motor. To help
MMRG31U high duty cycles. Both 115 and 230 models available. improve AC motor performance, the MAC Series
The MMRGD Series are extremely compact, dual volt-
age SCR Digital Regen Open Chassis drives for 1/20th
includes torque boosting during acceleration,
adjustable torque at low speeds, adjustable slip com- 54
pensation, and adjustable min and max speeds. Solid-
to 2 Hp DC brushed motors. These drives are excellent
for Reversing and Braking applications with high duty 29 state reversing, adjustable acceleration and decelera-
tion, I2T class current trip to protect the motor, con-
cycles. MAC05-D240AC trol and machine.
MMRGD03-D230AC

The AC100 Series of variable frequency drives are pro-

The RGT Series features full-wave, four-quadrant
operation in a PWM Regen Open Chassis drive for
1/20 to 2 Hp DC brushed motors. These drives are
grammable and easy to use. These drives are IP20
enclosed and feature nine isolated inputs and out- 55
excellent for high speed regenerative braking and
reversing. The "T" stands for "trimmed down" features
30 puts. Forty-two programmable parameters, DC injec-
tion braking and more. For use with 3-phase AC
induction motors up to 3 Hp.
ACM100 Series
for streamlined applications and high volume.
RGT300U Available in 115 and 230 VAC.
The AC200 Series are programmable variable frequency
drives for 3-phase AC induction motors up to 20 Hp.
They come in an IP20 enclosure and include 18 iso-
56
The RG25U Series and RG51UA drives are half- wave, lated inputs and outputs, forty-seven programmable
regenerative SCR drives. These drives offer the benefits
of a low cost four-quadrant drive in a compact pack- 31 AC200 Series
parameters, DC injection braking and more.

age and are ideal for low duty cycle applications.

RG25U The AC300 and AC400 Series of AC variable frequency
drives are available for 3-phase AC induction motors
up to 60 Hp. They are available in Nema 1, 4, 4X or
59
The NRG-4Q Series features dual voltage, full-wave, Nema 12 enclosures. These drives feature 21 isolated
four-quadrant operation in a PWM Regen Open Chassis I/O and fifty-five programmable parameters. The
AC300 & AC400
drive for 1/20 to 1.5 Hp DC brushed motors. These dri-
ves are excellent for high speed regenerative braking
and reversing and maintain a low 1.05 form factor. The
32 Series AC400 includes PID controller for closed loop control.

The LVBL Series are Low Voltage Brushless Open

NRG-4Q Series also lowers audible noise and provides Chassis drives designed to meet the demands of
NRG-4Q longer brush life for your motor. today's brushless motors. The compact chassis is easy
to wire and calibrate with its screw-clamp connector
and two trimmer pots for min and max speeds. Input
68
The NRG-2Q Series features dual voltage, full-wave, two- voltage 24-36 (AC) and 24-48 (DC).
LVBL02-24AC/DC
quadrant operation in a PWM Regen Open Chassis drive
for 1/20th to 1.5 Hp DC brushed motors. These drives
increase motor response while reducing your energy
costs. The NRG-2Q Series also lowers audible noise and
33 The BOSS 1Q Series are Brushless Single-Quadrant
Open Chassis drives for brushless motor control
application ½ to 2 Hp. These drives are compact,
NRG-2Q
provides longer brush life for your motor.
require little or no maintenance, and provide cool
running, quiet motor operation with excellent speed
69
range (80:1 open-loop). Standard drives output 4, 8,
15 amps continuos with peak currents reaching 200%
BOSS15AC-1Q of continuous rating for one second.

The RG Series consists of dual voltage, full-wave,

34 The BOSS-4Q Series are Brushless Four-Quadrant Open
four-quadrant operation in a PWM Regen NEMA 4X Chassis Drives for brushless motors 1/2 to 2 Hp.
Enclosure with membrane panel for 1/20th to 2 Hp These drives can be run in four different modes:
RG500A DC rushed motors. Applications with overhauling Voltage mode, velocity mode, tach mode, and current
loads, rapid deceleration, basic positioning and high
duty cycles with reversing and braking with benefit
mode. A removable daughter card provides diagnostic
outputs for run/stop indication, speed signal, aver-
age RMS current signal and phase current signal.
70
from the RG Series. The NEMA 4 Enclosure protects
the drive from accidental contact, liquids, falling Brushless systems require little or no maintenance
and provides cool running, quiet motor operation
objects and corrosive agents.
35 BOSS15-115AC-4Q with excellent speed range.

The BOSS-CM Series was designed for use with front-

RG501A end servo controllers. It is an isolated unit that will
accept an analog or PWM reference signal. It accepts
either an AC or DC input voltage and controls brush-
less DC motors. The BOSS-CM is a four-quadrant drive
71
The C1RGD Series is our low cost solution for SCR with 3kHz bandwidth resulting in a very responsive
Digital Regen NEMA1 enclosed drives for 1/20th to BOSS15-115AC-CM servo system.
1HP DC brushed motors. These drives are dual volt-
age and have three different braking modes: regen-
erative brake, regenerative deceleration and coast.
36 The MMBOSS Series is a Low Voltage (12-40VDC) DC
Input, DC Output, brushless drive. It includes features
The NEMA 1 enclosure protects the drive from acci-
dental contact and falling objects.
such as reversing, braking, a terminal block and
22kHz switching frequency all in our compact, stan-
72
C1RGD03-230AC
MMBOSS05-24DC-1Q dard footprint.

Catalog specification Data Subject to Change Without Notice

 P r o d u c t
Te c h n o l o g i e s
YOUR SOURCE FOR AC & DC MOTOR CONTROL

DC Drives: Motors:

• R e g e n e ra t i ve • D C G e a re d

• SCR • D C N o n - G e a re d

• PWM • DC Brushless

• Brushless • D C Pe r m a n e n t M a g n e t

• Digital • AC 3 - p h a s e G e a re d

• N E M A E n c l o s u re a n d • AC 3 - p h a s e N o n - G e a re d

Chassis Models

Gearheads:

AC Drives: • 1 7 , 2 3 , 3 4 , 4 2 Fra m e

• Pro g ra m m a b l e Planetary Gearheads

• N E M A E n c l o s u re, I P 2 0 a n d

Chassis Models

14300 DE LA TOUR DRIVE

SOUTH BELOIT, IL 61080
Tel: 1-800-MINARIK (646-2745) | Fax: 1-800-394-6334 | email: info@minarikdrives.com | www.minarikdrives.com

©2004 Minarik Drives All rights reserved Printed in USA Catalog MD04 Rev.0